As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 28, 2015

    Registration No.  333-197821

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

SAFETY QUICK LIGHTING & FANS CORP.
 (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

  

Florida   3640   46-3645414
(State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Classification Code Number)   Identification No.)

 

One Buckhead Plaza

4400 North Point Parkway, Suite 154

Alpharetta, GA 30022

(770) 754-4711

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Mr. John P. Campi

4400 North Point Parkway, Suite 154

Alpharetta, GA 30022

(770) 754-4711

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

Peter J. Gennuso, Esq.

Robin D. Powell, Esq.

Thompson Hine LLP

335 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor

New York, NY 10017

(212) 908-3958

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to time after the effective date of this registration statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  [X]

  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     
 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer [ ] Accelerated filer [ ]
Non-accelerated filer [ ] Smaller reporting company [X]

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or date(s) as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

This Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 relates to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-197821), as amended , initially filed by the Registrant on August 1, 2014 and declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on October 22, 2014 (the or this “Registration Statement”). This Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement is being filed pursuant to the undertakings in Item 17 of the Registration Statement to update and supplement the information contained in the Registration Statement to include the financial statements and other material information concerning the Registrant contained in the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, that was filed with the SEC on March 31, 2015.

 

The information included in this filing updates and supplements the Registration Statement and the Prospectus contained therein. No additional securities are being registered under this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1. All applicable registration fees were paid at the time of the original filing of the Registration Statement.

     
 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  These securities may not be sold until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission of which this prospectus is a part becomes effective.  This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, Dated May 28, 2015

 

PROSPECTUS

 

SAFETY QUICK LIGHTING & FANS CORP.

 

 

63,485,919 Shares of Common Stock

 

This prospectus relates to the resale of up to 63,485,919 shares of our common stock (this “Offering”), of which (i) 35,500,000 shares were issued and outstanding prior to this Offering; (ii) 18,056,935 shares are issuable upon conversion of secured convertible promissory notes; (iii) 200,000 shares are issuable upon exercise of options; and (iv) 9,728,984 shares are issuable upon exercise of common stock purchase warrants. The number of shares of common stock registered hereunder does not include 250,000 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding after the date this Registration Statement was first declared effective.

     
 

The selling shareholders named in this prospectus are offering to sell shares of our common stock through this prospectus and they may be deemed “underwriters” as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

We are not selling any shares of our common stock in this Offering and will not receive any proceeds from this Offering. After the closing of this Offering, 27,985,919 shares of our common stock are issuable upon exercise of warrants or options, or upon conversion of the Notes (as defined in the section titled “The Offering” on page 4 of this prospectus). All warrants and options granted by the Company are exercisable into shares of our common stock at $0.375 per share, and all the Notes are convertible into shares of our common stock at $0.25 per share.

 

The selling shareholders named in this prospectus may, from time to time, offer the shares covered in negotiated transactions or otherwise at a fixed price of $0.25 per share and thereafter at market prices prevailing at the time of sale or at privately negotiated prices. The selling shareholders will pay all brokerage commissions and discounts attributable to the sale of the shares plus brokerage fees. The selling shareholders will receive all of the net proceeds from this Offering. We bear all costs associated with the registration of the shares covered by this prospectus; provided, however, we will not be required to pay any underwriters' discounts or commissions relating to the securities covered by this prospectus.

 

No public market currently exists for our common stock being offered hereby.

 

We sought quotation on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board (“OTCBB”) following the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, of which this prospectus amends and forms a part, by submitting our application with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). Until our common stock is quoted on the OTCBB, selling shareholders must sell their shares at the fixed price of $0.25 per share. In the event we are cleared by FINRA for quotation, then the selling shareholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling shares: (i) ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers; (ii) block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction; (iii) purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account; (iv) an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange; (v) privately negotiated transactions; (vi) effected short sales after the date the Registration Statement, of which this prospectus amends and forms a part, is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”); (vii) through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through options exchange or otherwise; (viii) broker-dealers may agree with the selling security holders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share; and (ix) a combination of any such methods of sale.

 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”). For more information, see the section titled “Emerging Growth Company Status” starting on page 3 of this prospectus.

 

Our common stock is presently not listed on any national securities exchange or reported on any quotation system. Subsequent to this Registration Statement on Form S-1 being declared effective by the SEC, we had an application filed on our behalf by a market maker for approval of our common stock for quotation on the OTCBB quotation system. No assurance can be made, however, that such application will be approved.

 

The Company is currently in the development stage and has minimal operations and revenues to date and there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in furthering its operations and/or revenues. Persons should not invest unless they can afford to lose their entire investment.

 

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should purchase these units only if you can afford a complete loss of your investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus.  

 

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined whether this prospectus is truthful or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The date of this prospectus is [__], 2015

     
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY 1
THE OFFERING 4
SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA 8
RISK FACTORS 9
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 19
TAX CONSIDERATIONS 19
USE OF PROCEEDS 19
CAPITALIZATION 19
DETERMINATION OF THE OFFERING PRICE 20
MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK 20
DIVIDEND POLICY 20
CONVERTIBLE NOTES OFFERING 20
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS 23
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 31
BUSINESS 43
PROPERTIES 48
LITIGATION 48
MANAGEMENT 48
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 50
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS 54
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 57
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES 57
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 59
LEGAL MATTERS 60
EXPERTS 60
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 61
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1

 

You should rely only on information contained in this prospectus.  We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus.  No selling shareholder is offering to sell, or seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are not permitted.  The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.  We are responsible for updating this prospectus to ensure that all material information is included and will update this prospectus to the extent required by law.

     
 

 PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider prior to investing in the securities offered hereby. After you read this summary, you should read and consider carefully the more detailed information and financial statements and related notes that we include in this prospectus, especially the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” If you invest in our securities, you are assuming a high degree of risk.

 

Unless we have indicated otherwise or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” or similar terms are to Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp.  

 

Our Company

 

Safety Quick Light LLC was incorporated in the State of Florida on May 14, 2004.  On November 6, 2012, the Company’s board of directors converted Safety Quick Light LLC into Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp.

 

We are a company engaged in the business of developing proprietary technology that enables a quick and safe installation by the use of a power plug for electrical fixtures, such as light fixtures and ceiling fans, into ceiling and wall electrical junction boxes.  As of March 31, 2015, we have three issued U.S. patents relating to our SQL Technology. We also have patents in China (two issued patents) and India (one issued patent and one pending patent application), which protect different aspects of the same SQL Technology as the three issued U.S. patents. The Company sought intellectual property protection of its SQL Technology in China due to its current manufacturing operations and prospective sales in China’s market, and sought protection in India in anticipation of future growth into India’s developing market, both with respect to the sales of SQL Technology and potential operations of the Company. The intellectual property represented by these patents is a fixable socket and a revolvable plug for conducting electric power and supporting an electrical appliance attached to a wall or ceiling.  The socket is comprised of a non-conductive body that houses conductive rings connectable to an electric power supply through terminals in its side exterior.  The plug, also comprised of a non-conductive body that houses corresponding conductive rings, attaches to the socket via a male post and is capable of feeding electric power to an appliance. The plug also includes a second structural element allowing it to revolve and a releasable latching which, when engaged, provides a retention force between the socket and the plug to prevent disengagement and to support appliances up to 50 pounds.  The socket and plug can be detached by releasing the latch, disengaging the electric power from the plug.  The socket is designed to replace the support bar incorporated in electric junction boxes.  Once attached to the electric junction box, the socket can support fixtures that are plugged-in weighing up to 50 pounds, or up to the weight limit of the electric junction box, if lower than 50 pounds.  The plug is designed to be installed in light fixtures, ceiling fans and wall sconce fixtures.  The combined socket and plug technology will be referred to as “the SQL Technology” henceforth.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an audit opinion which includes an explanatory paragraph expressing doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. This means there is substantial doubt that we can continue as an on-going business unless we can support our working capital and ongoing operational cost requirements through increased revenue or additional capital raising efforts. Management’s plans regarding those matters are further described below in the subsection titled “Our History and New Business Model.”

Table of Contents 1  
 

Our History and New Business Model

 

Safety Quick Light LLC began marketing the SQL Technology in 2007 for installation of light fixtures and ceiling fans during manufacturing and as a kit for installing the SQL Technology in existing light fixtures and ceiling fans.   The Company sold 800,000 units of the SQL Technology OEM (“Original Equipment Manufacturer”) to lighting manufacturers and retailers who installed the socket and plug technology into their lighting fixtures for sale at retail stores. The Company also sold, directly to the retailers, 100,000 ceiling fans with the SQL Technology embedded into the product. Our management team determined that it could improve its gross margins if it were to market light fixtures and ceiling fans with its plug technology already installed on fixtures instead of marketing the SQL Technology as an add-on device (the “New Business Model”).  During the first quarter of 2010, the Company’s management took the first of several steps toward implementing its New Business Model, and discontinued marketing the SQL Technology as an add-on device; however, existing orders were honored through 2010 and 2011, resulting in revenues through 2012. 

 

Company management then took the next step in furtherance of its New Business Model and sought the endorsement of the SQL Technology from General Electric Company (“GE”). During 2010 and 2011, GE tested the SQL Technology and in June 2011, GE and SQL Lighting & Fans, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company, entered into a trademark licensing agreement (the “License Agreement”) under which SQL Lighting & Fans, LLC was licensed to use the GE monogram logo on its devices and certain other trademarks on its ceiling fans and light fixtures through December 31, 2017. The License Agreement requires the Company to pay a percent of revenue generated on our products using the GE monogram logo as a license fee, including a minimum license fee payment during the term.

 

The License Agreement enables the Company to market ceiling fans and light fixtures with and without the SQL Technology using the GE logo. The License Agreement imposes certain manufacturing and quality control conditions that we must maintain. In addition to marketing ceiling fans and light fixtures under the GE logo and trademarks, the Company has the right to offer private label ceiling fans and light fixtures with its technology installed to retailers that market private label products.

 

In furtherance of its New Business Model, the Company sought to establish trade distribution channels with key retailers. In July 2012, the Company entered into a sales and marketing agreement with Design Solutions International, Inc. (“DSI”), a privately held, lighting industry design and marketing firm. In November 2013 and in May and June 2014, the Company obtained the capital resources necessary to implement its New Business Model through the Notes Offering. See “Convertible Notes Offering” beginning on page 20 of this prospectus.

 

The Company’s New Business Model entails the use of third party manufactures to produce the SQL Technology and the ceiling fans and light fixtures in which SQL Technology is imbedded. The manufacturers currently used by the Company are located in the Guangdong province of China and, as required by the Licensing Agreement with GE, must be approved by GE to ensure quality standards are met. To further ensure that quality specifications are maintained, the Company maintains an office in the Guangdong province staffed with GE trained auditors who will regularly inspect its products produced by the third party manufacturers.

 

Through 2014, we worked on the final steps to implement our New Business Model. The Company has obtained the necessary qualification and approval of the third party manufacturer’s facilities. The Company and DSI have also been actively presenting the Company’s product lines to key retailers during 2014. The Company continues to develop renderings and samples of new ceiling fan and light fixture designs with the SQL Technology embedded in the product for sale to retailers. The new items are being presented to the retailers as GE-branded fans and lighting, and the retailers are currently reviewing these new fan designs for inclusion into their upcoming programs. The Company is actively marketing and selling the SQL Technology via its New Business Model in 2015.

 

After our year ended December 31, 2014, we shipped our first products and recorded our first sales under the New Business Model. The sales were to a large retail operation and consisted of ceiling fans with the GE brand. These fans did not contain the SQL Technology, however it represented a significant milestone in the development of customer relationships with large retailers.

Table of Contents 2  
 

In February 2015, we received an updated Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Listing for the SQL Technology. This listing will expand the type of products that we will be able to use with the SQL Technology. This listing expanded the voltage and amperage that our product is rated for and will allow for additional fixtures, such as heating elements to be incorporated into our ceiling fans.

 

The Company is registering up to 63,485,919 shares of its common stock, which may be offered by certain selling shareholders at a price of $0.25 per share until a market for our common stock develops. Purchasers who purchase shares from the selling shareholders who are not officers and directors of the company will likewise receive the selling shareholder prospectus.

 

There is no public market for our common stock. To date, we have not obtained listing or quotation of our securities on a national stock exchange or association, or inter-dealer quotation system. We have had an application filed on our behalf by a market maker for approval of our common stock for quotation on the OTCBB.  No assurance can be made, however, that such application will be approved. In the absence of listing, no public market is available for investors in our common stock to sell the shares offered herein. We cannot guarantee that a meaningful trading market will develop or that we will be able to get the shares listed for trading.

 

Corporate Information

 

We are a Florida corporation.  Our principal executive offices are located at North Point Parkway, Suite 154, Alpharetta, Georgia, 30022.  Our phone number is (770) 754-4711, and our website can be found at www.safetyquicklight.com.  The information on our website does not form a part of this prospectus.

 

Emerging Growth Company

 

We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies.

Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably opted out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act.

Table of Contents 3  
 

THE OFFERING

 

Securities offered  

Up to 63,485,919 shares of our common stock by the selling shareholders.


Offering price  

$0.25 per share for the duration of the offering relating to the resale of our common stock or until such time as our common stock is quoted on the OTCBB or listed on an exchange, at which time the selling shareholders may then sell at the prevailing market price.


Common stock outstanding before this Offering  

35,500,000 shares.


Common stock to be outstanding after this Offering  

63,485,919 shares, assuming all shares offered hereby are sold.


Use of proceeds  

We will not receive any proceeds from this Offering. However, we may receive up to $3,648,369 and $75,000 in gross proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants and options to purchase our common stock, respectively. For a more complete description, see the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”


Dividend policy  

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock since our inception, and we do not anticipate paying any such dividends for the foreseeable future.


Risk factors  

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 and the other information set forth in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider before deciding to invest in our securities.

 

Market for common stock   Our common stock is not presently quoted on or traded on any securities exchange or reported on an automatic quotation system. We can provide no assurance that there will ever be an established pubic trading market for our common stock. We have obtained a market maker, which has filed an application with FINRA on our behalf, and we have sought quotation on the OTCBB. It may take as long as nine (9) months to one (1) year to be approved by FINRA.

 

Table of Contents 4  
 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after the closing of this Offering is based on 35,500,000 shares of our common stock that were issued and outstanding before this Offering, which excludes 27,985,919 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of our warrants or options, and issuable upon conversion of the Notes (as defined below). The number of shares of common stock registered hereunder does not include 250,000 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding after the date this Registration Statement was first declared effective.

 

On November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014 we concluded closings of the offering of our 12% Secured Convertible Promissory Notes (the “12% Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of $4,240,100 and/or our 15% Secured Convertible Promissory Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $30,000 (the “15% Notes”, and together with the 12% Notes, each a “Note” and collectively, the “Notes”), as applicable, with certain “accredited investors” (the “Investors”), as defined under Regulation D, Rule 501 of the Securities Act (collectively, the “Notes Offering”). The entire aggregate principal amount of the Notes of $4,270,100 was outstanding as of March 31, 2015, such amount being exclusive of securities converted into the Notes separate from the Notes Offering. Pursuant to the Notes Offering, the Company received $1,752,803, $1,400,000 and $800,500 in net proceeds on November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014, respectively.

 

In addition to the terms customarily included in such instruments, the Notes began accruing interest on the date that each Investor submitted the principal balance of such Investor’s Note, with the interest thereon becoming due and payable on the one year anniversary of said date, and quarterly thereafter. Upon a default of the Notes, the interest rate will increase by 2%. The principal balance of each Note and all unpaid interest will become due and payable twenty-four (24) months after the date of issuance. The Notes may be prepaid with or without a penalty depending on the date of the prepayment. The principal and interest under the Notes are convertible into shares of our common stock at $0.25 per share and are secured by a first priority lien (subject only to an existing note with Signature Bank of Georgia on our intellectual property and all substitutes, replacements and proceeds of such intellectual property) pursuant to the terms of a Security Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014, as applicable, by and between us and each Investor .

 

Pursuant to the Notes Offering, each Investor also received five (5) year common stock warrants to purchase our common stock at $0.375 per share (each a “Warrant” and collectively, the “Warrants”). Investors of the 12% Notes received Warrants with 25% coverage based on a pre-determined valuation of the Company. Investors of the 15% Notes received Warrants with 15% coverage based on the pre-determined valuation of the Company. Investors with a principal investment amount equal to or greater than $250,000 received Warrants with a bonus 40% coverage (“Bonus Coverage”); however, if an Investor previously invested $250,000 or more in the Notes Offering, such Investor received Bonus Coverage if such Investor subsequently invested $100,000 or more in the Notes Offering. In addition to the terms customarily included in such instruments, the Warrants may be exercised into our common stock by the Investors by providing to the Company a notice of exercise, payment and surrender of the Warrant.

 

In connection with the Notes Offering, we entered into Registration Rights Agreements, each dated as of November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and each by and between us and each of the Investors (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreements”), whereby we agreed to prepare and file this Registration Statement with the SEC within sixty (60) days after execution of the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and to have the Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC within ninety (90) days thereafter. The Registration Statement covered shares of our common stock, including shares of our common stock underlying the Notes, Warrants and certain other options and warrants.

 

Because we were unable to file a Registration Statement pursuant to the terms of each Registration Rights Agreements dated as of November 26, 2013 or May 8, 2014, we were in default under such Registration Rights Agreements (the “Filing Default Damages”). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Filing Default Damages mandate that the Company shall pay to the Investors, for each thirty (30) day period of such failure and until the filing date of the Registration Statement and/or the common stock may be sold pursuant to Rule 144, an amount in cash, as partial liquidated damages and not as a penalty, equal to 2% percent of the aggregate gross proceeds paid by the Investors for the Notes. If the Company fails to pay any partial liquidated damages in full within five (5) days of the date payable, which is the Note maturity date, the Company shall pay interest thereon at a rate of 18% per annum (or such lesser maximum amount that is permitted to be paid by applicable law) to the Investors, accruing daily from the date such partial liquidated damages are due until such amounts, plus all such interest thereon, are paid in full.

Table of Contents 5  
 

In addition, because we were unable to have a Registration Statement declared effective pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreements dated as of November 26, 2013 or May 8, 2014, we were in default under such Registration Rights Agreements (the “Effectiveness Default Damages”). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Effectiveness Default Damages mandated that the interest rate due under the Note corresponding to such Registration Rights Agreement will increase 2% above the then effective interest rate of such Note, and shall continue to increase by 2% every 30 days until a registration statement is declared effective.

 

The Company’s Registration Statement, to which this prospectus amends and forms a part, was first filed on August 1, 2014, and was declared effective by the SEC on October 22, 2014. The Filing Default Damages stopped accruing on the date the Registration Statement was filed, and the Effectiveness Default Damages stopped accruing on the date it was declared effective. As of August 1, 2014, the date the Company first filed the Registration Statement, the Filing Default Damages to be paid by the Company to the Investors were $302,169. As of October 22, 2014, the date the Registration Statement was declared effective, the Effectiveness Default Damages to be paid by the Company to the Investors were $78,572.

 

On December 11, 2014, the Company sent a letter to the Investors holding Notes dated November 26, 2013 (the “2013 Investors”) concerning the first interest payment that was scheduled to be paid pursuant to the Notes dated November 26, 2013 on the one year anniversary of the date that each 2013 Investor submitted payment for their Note (the “First Interest Payments”). The Company noted the significant progress it had made in 2014, and expressed its preference to conserve working capital to support operations and customer orders. The Company invited the 2013 Investors to convert the First Interest Payments into shares of the Company’s common stock to further this purpose. The Company also asked each 2013 Investor to execute an Agreement and Waiver (the “Agreement and Waiver”), which granted the Company a grace period, deferring the Company’s obligation to make payment of the First Interest Payment and interest that was due under the Note through November 26, 2014 (the “Interest Due”) until February 24, 2015 (the “Extension”), during which time such deferment would not be considered an Event of Default under the 2013 Investor’s Note. In connection with the Extension, subsequent quarterly payments of interest will be determined based on the issuance date of each Note (i.e., November 26, 2013) rather than the date that each 2013 Investor first submitted payment for their Note, the sole purpose and impact of this change being to reduce ongoing costs to administer the Notes. In return for granting the Extension, we offered to capitalize the Interest Due at a rate of 12% (the “Additional Interest”), which was convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at the conversion price of $0.25 per share as of February 24, 2014, unless the 2013 Investor requested to receive the Additional Interest in cash 15 days prior to the end of the Extension.

 

On January 23, 2015, the Company sent a letter agreement to the Investors holding Notes dated November 26, 2013 and May 8, 2014, which constituted all Investors with Filing Default Damages or Effectiveness Default Damages due to them pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements dated as of November 26, 2013 or June 30, 2014 (the “Agreement to Convert”). The Company invited the Investors, as applicable, to elect to convert the Interest Due and/or the Filing Default Damages and Effectiveness Default Damages into shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $0.25 per share, and asked each Investor, as applicable, to make such election by acknowledging and returning the Agreement to Convert to the Company.

 

As of March 31, 2015, twenty-five 2013 Investors returned a signed Agreement and Waiver to the Company, resulting in Additional Interest of $6,532, three 2013 Investors refused to sign the Agreement and Waiver, and three 2013 Investors did not respond to the Company’s letter. One 2013 Investor elected to receive the Additional Interest in cash, and the remaining 2013 Investors who signed the Agreement and Waiver agreed to receive a total of 25,753 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for Additional Interest totaling $6,438.

 

As of March 31, 2015, out of thirty-four Investors who received an Agreement to Convert, twenty Investors elected to convert the Interest Due, the Filing Default Damages and the Effectiveness Default Damages into shares of the Company’s common stock, six Investors elected to receive cash rather than convert, and eight Investors did not respond to the Company’s invitation. As a consequence, the Company will issue 1,575,490 shares of its common stock to accepting Investors in exchange for Interest Due, Filing Default Damages and Effectiveness Default Damages totaling $393,872.

Table of Contents 6  
 

Based on responses received through March 31, 2015, the Company has issued or will issue 1,601,243 shares of its common stock to Investors in exchange for Additional Interest, Interest Due, Filing Default Damages and Effectiveness Default Damages totaling $400,310.

 

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following summary of our financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.  

 

Statements of Operations Data

 

 

For the year ended

December 31, 2013

 

For the year ended

December 31, 2014

Revenue   $ -   $ -
Loss from Operations   $ (1,401,435 )   $ (4,799,696 )
Other Income/(Expense)   $ (1,206,333 )   $ (2,005,053 )
Net Income/(Loss)   $ (2,607,768 )   $ (6,804,749 )

 

Balance Sheet Data

 

  December 31, 2013   December 31, 2014
Current Assets   $ 1,172,974     $ 1,271,128  
Total Assets   $ 1,438,928     $ 11,243,034  
Total Liability   $ 3,799,440     $ 20,116,214  
Total Stockholders' (Deficit)   $ (2,360,512 )   $ (8,873,179 )

 

Table of Contents 7  
 

 RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.  You should carefully consider the following risk factors before deciding whether to invest in the Company. If any of the events discussed in the risk factors below occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially and adversely affected.  In such case, the value and marketability of the common stock could decline. Additional risks and uncertainties that we do not presently know or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

 

Risks Relating to our Business

 

Our ability to generate revenue to support our operations is uncertain.

 

We are in the early stage of our business and have a limited history of generating revenues. We have a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our potential for future success, and we are subject to the additional risks affecting early-stage businesses. Rather than relying on historical information, financial or otherwise, to evaluate our Company, you should evaluate our Company in light of your assessment of the growth potential of our business and the expenses, delays, uncertainties, and complications typically encountered by early-stage businesses, many of which will be beyond our control. Early-stage businesses in rapidly evolving markets commonly face risks, such as the following:

unanticipated problems, delays, and expenses relating to the development and implementation of their business plans;
operational difficulties;
lack of sufficient capital;
competition from more advanced enterprises; and
uncertain revenue generation.

Table of Contents 8  
 

Our limited operating history may make it difficult for us to accurately forecast our operating results.

 

Our planned expense levels are, and will continue to be, based in part on our expectations, which are difficult to forecast accurately based on our stage of development and factors outside of our control. We may be unable to adjust spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected developments. Further, business development expenses may increase significantly as we expand operations. To the extent that any unexpected expenses precede, or are not rapidly followed by, a corresponding increase in revenue, our business, operating results, and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We have a history of losses that may continue, which may negatively impact our ability to achieve our business objectives.

 

We have incurred net losses since our inception. The Company’s net loss from inception to December 31, 2014, is approximately $15,324,264. We cannot assure you that we can achieve or sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future. There can be no assurance that future operations will be profitable. We may not achieve our business objectives and the failure to achieve such goals would have an adverse impact on us.

 

Our independent registered accounting firm has expressed concerns about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

The report of our independent registered accounting firm expresses concern about our ability to continue as a going concern based on insufficient working capital, a stockholders’ deficit and recurring net losses. This means there is substantial doubt that we can continue as an on-going business unless we can support our working capital and ongoing operational cost requirements through increased revenue or additional capital raising efforts. It is not possible at this time for us to predict with assurance the potential success of our management’ business plan. The revenue and income potential of our business and operations are unknown. If we cannot continue as a viable entity, we may be unable to continue our operations and you may lose some or all of your investment in our common stock.

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry and if we are unable to compete successfully our revenue and profitability will be adversely affected.

 

We face strong competition from manufacturers and distributors of lighting and fan fixtures, worldwide. Many of our competitors have stronger capitalization than we do, have strong existing customer relationships and more extensive engineering, manufacturing, sales and marketing capabilities. Competitors could focus their substantial resources on developing a competing technology that may be potentially more attractive to customers than our products or services. In addition, we may face competition from other products with existing technologies. Our competitors may also offer competitive products at reduced prices in order to improve their competitive positions. Any of these competitive factors could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain customers, require us to lower our prices in order to remain competitive, and reduce our revenue and profitability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our success depends on our ability to expand, operate, and successfully manage our operations.

 

Our success depends on our ability to design products popular with customers and consumers, effectively market our products, manage third party manufacturing operations in China, and successfully manage our operations. Our ability to successfully accomplish these objects will depend upon a number of factors, including the following:

 

signing with strategic distribution partners with established retail and wholesale relationships;
the continued development of our business;
the hiring, training, and retention of competent personnel;
the ability to design products that generates customer demand;
the ability to enhance our operational, financial, and management systems;
the availability of adequate financing;
competitive factors; and
general economic and business conditions.

Table of Contents 9  
 

 

If we are unable to obtain additional capital, our business operations could be harmed.

 

The expansion of our business will require additional funds to support inventories and accounts receivable. In the future, we expect to seek additional equity or debt financing to provide for our working. Such financing may not be available or may not be available on satisfactory terms to us. If financing is not available on satisfactory terms, we may be unable to expand our operations to achieve our objectives. While debt financing will enable us to expand our business more rapidly than we otherwise would be able to do, debt financing increases expenses and we must repay the debt regardless of our operating results. Future equity financings could result in dilution to our stockholders.

 

The recent global financial crisis, which has included, among other things, significant reductions in available capital and liquidity from banks and other providers of credit, substantial reductions or fluctuations in equity and currency values worldwide, and concerns that the worldwide economy may enter into a prolonged recessionary period, may make it difficult for us to raise additional capital or obtain additional credit, when needed, on acceptable terms or at all.

 

Our inability to obtain adequate capital resources, whether in the form of equity or debt, to fund our business and growth strategies, may require us to delay, scale back, or eliminate some or all of our operations, which may adversely affect our financial results and ability to operate as a going concern.

 

The success of our business depends on the market acceptance of products with our proprietary technology.

 

Our future success depends on the market acceptance of our proprietary safety quick technology and our products in which our technology is imbedded. If we are unable to convince current and potential customers of the advantages of our proprietary technology, then our ability to sell our lighting and fan products will be limited. If the market for our proprietary technology does not develop, or if the market does not accept our products, then our ability to grow our business could be limited.

 

We depend on a limited number of third party manufacturers.

 

We depend on certain key manufacturers for our current products. If these relationships become strained, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

We may depend upon a limited number of customers in any given period to generate a substantial portion of our revenue.

 

Our industry does not lend to long-term customer contracts, and our dependence on individual key customers can vary from period to period as a result of consumer demands among others variables. As a result, we may experience more customer concentration in any given future period. The loss of, or substantial reduction in sales to, any of our significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any given future period.

 

We may need to raise additional financing to support our operations, but we cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us when needed. If we are unable to obtain additional financing to meet our needs, our operations may be adversely affected or terminated.

 

We have limited financial resources. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain financing to fund our operations in light of factors beyond our control such as the market demand for our securities, the state of financial markets, generally, and other relevant factors. Any sale of our common stock in the future may result in dilution to existing stockholders. Furthermore, there is no assurance that we will not incur debt in the future, that we will have sufficient funds to repay any future indebtedness or that we will not default on our future debts, which would thereby jeopardize our business viability. Finally, we may not be able to borrow or raise additional capital in the future to meet our needs or to otherwise provide the capital necessary to continue the development of our technology, which might

result in the loss of some or all of your investment in our common stock.

Table of Contents 10  
 

If we obtain debt financing, we will face risks associated with financing our operations.

 

If we obtain debt financing, we will be subject to the normal risks associated with debt financing, including the risk that our cash flow will be insufficient to meet required payments of principal and interest and the risk that we will not be able to renew, repay, or refinance our debt when it matures or that the terms of any renewal or refinancing will not be as favorable as the existing terms of that debt. If we enter into secured lending facilities and are unable to pay our obligations to our secured lenders, they could proceed against any or all of the collateral securing our indebtedness to them.

 

  We may acquire other businesses, license rights to technologies or products, form alliances, or dispose of or spin-off businesses, which could cause us to incur significant expenses and could negatively affect profitability.

 

We may pursue acquisitions, technology-licensing arrangements, and strategic alliances, or dispose of or spin-off some of our businesses, as part of our business strategy. We may not complete these transactions in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, or at all, and may not realize the expected benefits. If we are successful in making an acquisition, the products and technologies that are acquired may not be successful or may require significantly greater resources and investments than originally anticipated. We may not be able to integrate acquisitions successfully into our existing business and could incur or assume significant debt and unknown or contingent liabilities. We could also experience negative effects on our reported results of operations from acquisition or disposition-related charges, amortization of expenses related to intangibles and charges for impairment of long-term assets.

 

We depend on our officers, key employees and agents who would be difficult to replace, and our business will likely be harmed if we lose their services or cannot hire additional qualified personnel.

 

Our success depends substantially on the efforts and abilities of our officers, and other key employees and agents. The Company has an employment agreement with its chief executive officer but we do not think this agreement limits such employee’s ability to terminate his employment; the Company also has a consulting agreement with Rani Kohen, the Company’s founder. We do not have key person life insurance on chief executive officer; we do not have key person life insurance covering any of our other officers or other key employees or agents, including Mr. Kohen. The loss of services of one or more of our officers or key employees or agents or the inability to add key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business. Competition for experienced personnel in our industry is substantial. Our success depends in part on our ability to attract, hire, and retain qualified personnel. In addition, if any of our officers or other key employees join a competitor or form a competing company, we may lose some of our customers.

 

If we experience rapid growth and we are not able to manage this growth successfully, this inability to manage the growth could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Rapid growth places a significant strain on our financial, operational, and managerial resources. While we engage in strategic and operational planning to adequately manage anticipated growth, there can be no assurance that we will be able to implement and subsequently improve operations and financial systems successfully and in a timely manner to fully manage our growth. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our growth and any inability to successfully manage growth could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operation.

 

We rely on third party manufacturers to produce our products. We may be unable to achieve our growth and profitability objectives if we cannot secure acceptable third party manufacturers or existing third party manufacturer relationships dissolve.

 

We do not know whether our current or future manufacturing arrangements will be able to develop efficient, low-cost manufacturing capabilities and processes that will enable us to meet the quality, price, engineering, design and production standards, or production volumes required to successfully mass market such products. Even if we are successful in developing manufacturing capabilities and processes, we do not know whether we will do so in time to meet market demand. Our failure to develop these manufacturing processes and capabilities, if necessary, in a timely manner could prevent us from achieving our growth and profitability objectives.

 

Table of Contents 11  
 

Our business may become substantially dependent on contracts that are awarded through competitive bidding processes.

 

We may sell a significant portion of our products pursuant to contracts that are subject to competitive bidding, including contracts with municipal authorities. Competition for, and negotiation and award of, contracts present varied risks, including, but not limited to:

 

investment of substantial time and resources by management for the preparation of bids and proposals with no assurance that a contract will be awarded to us;
the requirement to certify as to compliance with numerous laws (for example, socio-economic, small business, and domestic preference) for which a false or incorrect certification can lead to civil and criminal penalties;
the need to estimate accurately the resources and cost structure required to service a contract; and
the expenses and delays that we might suffer if our competitors protest a contract awarded to us, including the potential that the contract may be terminated and a new bid competition may be conducted.

 

If we are unable to win contracts awarded through the competitive bidding process, we may not be able to operate in the market for products and services that are provided under those contracts for a number of years. If we are unable to consistently win new contract awards over any extended period, or if we fail to anticipate all of the costs and resources that will be required to secure and perform such contract awards, our growth strategy and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

We sell, or will sell, products and services to companies in industries which tend to be extremely cyclical; downturns in those industries would adversely affect our results of operations.

 

The growth and profitability of our business will depend on sales to industries that are subject to cyclical downturns. Slowdowns in these industries may adversely affect sales by our businesses, which in turn would adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

 

We are, or in the future may be, subject to substantial regulation related to quality standards applicable to our quality processes. Our failure to comply with applicable quality standards could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

 

The Environmental Protection Agency regulates the registration, manufacturing, and sales and marketing of products in our industry, and those of our distributors and partners, in the United States. Significant government regulation also exists in overseas markets. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and is monitored through periodic inspections and other review and reporting mechanisms.

 

Failure by us or our partners to comply with current or future governmental regulations and quality assurance guidelines could lead to product recalls or related field actions, or product shortages. Efficacy or safety concerns with respect to our products or those of our partners could lead to product recalls, fines, withdrawals, declining sales, and/or our failure to successfully commercialize new products or otherwise achieve revenue growth.

 

The success of our businesses will depend on our ability to effectively develop and implement strategic business initiatives.

 

We are currently implementing various strategic business initiatives. In connection with the development and implementation of these initiatives, we will incur additional expenses and capital expenditures to implement the initiatives. The development and implementation of these initiatives also requires management to divert a portion of its time from day-to-day operations. These expenses and diversions could have a significant impact on our operations and profitability, particularly if the initiatives prove to be unsuccessful. Moreover, if we are unable to implement an initiative in a timely manner, or if those initiatives turn out to be ineffective or are executed improperly, our business and operating results would be adversely affected.

Table of Contents 12  
 

Failure to successfully reduce our current or future production costs may adversely affect our financial results.

 

A significant portion of our strategy will rely upon our ability to successfully rationalize and improve the efficiency of our operations. In particular, our strategy relies on our ability to reduce our production costs in order to remain competitive. If we are unable to continue to successfully implement cost reduction measures, especially in a time of a worldwide economic downturn, or if these efforts do not generate the level of cost savings that we expect going forward or result in higher than expected costs, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

If we are unable to make necessary capital investments or respond to pricing pressures, our business may be harmed.

 

In order to remain competitive, we need to invest in research and development, customer service and support, and marketing. From time to time, we may have to adjust the prices of our products and services to remain competitive. We may not have available sufficient financial or other resources to continue to make investments necessary to maintain our competitive position.

 

We have limited product distribution experience and we expect to rely on third parties who may not successfully sell our products.

 

We have limited product distribution experience and currently rely, and plan to rely primarily, on product distribution arrangements with third parties. We may also license our technology to certain third parties for commercialization of certain applications. We expect to enter into distribution agreements and/or licensing agreements in the future, and we may not be able to enter into these agreements on terms that are favorable to us, if at all. In addition, we may have limited or no control over the distribution activities of these third parties. These third parties could sell competing products and may devote insufficient sales efforts to our products. As a result, our future revenues from sales of our products, if any, will depend on the success of the efforts of these third parties.

 

We could face significant liabilities in connection with our technology, products, and business operations, which if incurred beyond any insurance limits, would adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

We are subject to a variety of potential liabilities connected to our technology development and business operations, such as potential liabilities related to environmental risks. As a business which markets products for use by consumers and institutions, we may become liable for any damage caused by our products, whether used in the manner intended or not. Any such claim of liability, whether meritorious or not, could be time-consuming and/or result in costly litigation. Although we intend to obtain insurance against certain of these risks, no assurance can be given that such insurance will be adequate to cover related liabilities or will be available in the future or, if available, that premiums will be commercially justifiable. If we were to incur any substantial liability and related damages were not covered by our insurance or exceeded policy limits, or if we were to incur such liability at a time when we are not able to obtain liability insurance, our business, financial conditions, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

Our inability to protect our intellectual property, or our involvement in damaging and disruptive intellectual property litigation, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition or result in the loss of use of the product or service.

 

We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as third-party nondisclosure and assignment agreements. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Table of Contents 13  
 

We own United States and international patents and patent applications for our technologies. We offer no assurance about the degree of protection which existing or future patents may afford us. Likewise, we offer no assurance that our patent applications will result in issued patents, that our patents will be upheld if challenged, that competitors will not develop similar or superior business methods or products outside the protection of our patents, that competitors will not infringe our patents, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents.

 

To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we generally require employees, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. We cannot assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, our business could be materially adversely affected.

 

We rely on our trademarks, trade names, and brand names to distinguish our company and our products and services from our competitors.

 

Some of our trademarks may conflict with trademarks of other companies. Failure to obtain trademark registrations could limit our ability to protect our trademarks and impede our sales and marketing efforts. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

 

In addition, third parties may bring infringement and other claims that could be time-consuming and expensive to defend. In addition, parties making infringement and other claims may be able to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief that could effectively block our ability to provide our products, services or business methods and could cause us to pay substantial damages. In the event of a successful claim of infringement, we may need to obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may not be available at a reasonable cost, or at all. It is possible that our intellectual property rights may not be valid or that we may infringe existing or future proprietary rights of others. Any successful infringement claims could subject us to significant liabilities, require us to seek licenses on unfavorable terms, prevent us selling products, services and business methods and require us to redesign or, in the case of trademark claims, rebrand our company or products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

The expiration or loss of patent protection and licenses may affect our future revenues and operating income.

 

Much of our business relies on patent and trademark and other intellectual property protection. Although most of the challenges to our intellectual property would likely come from other businesses, governments may also challenge intellectual property protections. To the extent our intellectual property is successfully challenged, invalidated, or circumvented, or to the extent it does not allow us to compete effectively, our business will suffer. To the extent that countries do not enforce our intellectual property rights or to the extent that countries require compulsory licensing of our intellectual property, our future revenues and operating income will be reduced.

 

Our research and development efforts may not succeed in developing commercially successful products and technologies, which may cause our revenue and profitability to decline.

 

To remain competitive, we must continue to launch new products and technology, and enhance our current products and technology. To accomplish this, we must commit substantial efforts, funds, and other resources to research and development. A high rate of failure is inherent in the research and development of new products and technology. We must make ongoing substantial expenditures without any assurance that its efforts will be commercially successful. Failure can occur at any point in the process, including after significant funds have been invested. We cannot state with certainty when or whether any of our products or technology under development will be

launched or whether any products or technologies will be commercially successful. Failure to launch successful new products or technology, or enhance existing products or technology may cause our products or technology to become obsolete, causing our revenues and operating results to suffer. 

Table of Contents 14  
 

New products and technological advances by our competitors may negatively affect our results of operations.

 

Our products and technology face intense competition from our competitors' products and technology. Competitors' products and technology may be more effective, more effectively marketed or sold, or have lower prices or superior performance features than our products or technology. We cannot predict with certainty the timing or impact of the introduction of competitors' products or technology.

 

Our costs may grow more quickly than our revenue, harming our business and profitability.

 

Providing our products or technology to our customers is costly and we expect our expenses to continue to increase in the future. We expect to continue to invest in our infrastructure in order to provide our products and technology rapidly and reliably to all customers. Our expenses may be greater than we anticipate, and our investments to make our business and our infrastructure more efficient may not be successful. In addition, we may increase marketing, sales, and other operating expenses in order to grow and expand our operations and to remain competitive. Increases in our costs may adversely affect our business and profitability.

 

The loss of our License Agreement with General Electric could negatively affect our results of operations.

 

We currently have a License Agreement with General Electric whereby we may market GE Branded ceiling fans and light fixtures with the SQL Power Plug Technology installed on the product. Through our License Agreement, we have received order indications from major retailers such as Wal-Mart, Target, Home Depot, Lowes, Costco and ACE Hardware. The loss of this arrangement or the termination of the License Agreement could limit our ability to secure additional customers and thereby could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and financial condition.

 

Other factors can have a material adverse effect on our future profitability and financial condition.

 

Many other factors can affect our profitability and financial condition, including:

 

changes in, or interpretations of, laws and regulations including changes in accounting standards and taxation requirements;
changes in the rate of inflation, interest rates and the performance of investments held by us;
changes in the creditworthiness of counterparties that transact business with;
changes in business, economic, and political conditions, including: war, political instability, terrorist attacks in the U.S. and other parts of the world, the threat of future terrorist activity in the U.S. and other parts of the world and related military action; natural disasters; the cost and availability of insurance due to any of the foregoing events; labor disputes, strikes, slow-downs, or other forms of labor or union activity; and, pressure from third-party interest groups;
changes in our business and investments and changes in the relative and absolute contribution of each to earnings and cash flow resulting from evolving business strategies, changing product mix, changes in tax rates and opportunities existing now or in the future;
difficulties related to our information technology systems, any of which could adversely affect business operations, including any significant breakdown, invasion, destruction, or interruption of these systems;
changes in credit markets impacting our ability to obtain financing for our business operations; or
legal difficulties, any of which could preclude or delay commercialization of products or technology or adversely affect profitability, including claims asserting statutory or regulatory violations, adverse litigation decisions, and issues regarding compliance with any governmental consent decree.

Table of Contents 15  
 

Risks Related to our Operation and Structure

 

We can provide no assurances as to our future financial performance or the investment result of a purchase of our common stock.

 

Any projected results of operations involve significant risks and uncertainty, should be considered speculative, and depend on various assumptions which may not be correct. The future performance of our Company and the return on our common stock depends on a complex series of events that are beyond our control and that may or may not occur. Actual results for any period may or may not approximate any assumptions that are made and may differ significantly from such assumptions. We can provide no assurance or prediction as to our future profitability or to the ultimate success of an investment in our common stock.

 

We are subject to corporate governance and internal control reporting requirements, and our costs related to compliance with, or our failure to comply with existing and future requirements, could adversely affect our business.

 

We face corporate governance requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules and regulations subsequently adopted by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. These laws, rules, and regulations continue to evolve and may become increasingly stringent in the future. We will be required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”). We are a smaller reporting company as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Section 404 requires us to include an internal control report with our Annual Report on Form 10-K. The report must include management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year. This report must also include disclosure of any material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting that we have identified. Failure to comply, or any adverse results from such evaluation, could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports and have an adverse effect on the trading price of our securities. We will strive to continuously evaluate and improve our control structure to help ensure that we comply with Section 404. The financial cost of compliance with these laws, rules, and regulations is expected to remain substantial. We cannot assure you that we will be able to fully comply with these laws, rules, and regulations that address corporate governance, internal control reporting, and similar matters. Failure to comply with these laws, rules, and regulations could materially adversely affect our reputation, financial condition, and the value of our securities.

 

As a public company, we have significant operating costs relating to compliance requirements and our management is required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives.

 

Our management has only limited experience operating as a public company. To operate effectively, we will be required to continue to implement changes in certain aspects of our business and develop, manage, and train management level and other employees to comply with on-going public company requirements. Failure to take such actions, or delay in the implementation thereof, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, impose various requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these new compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

 

Risks Related to our Common Stock

 

Future issuances of our common stock could dilute current stockholders or adversely affect the market.

 

Future issuances of our common stock could be at values substantially below the price paid by the current holders of our common stock. In addition, common stock could be issued to fend off unwanted tender offers or hostile takeovers without further stockholder approval. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or even just the prospect of such sales, could depress the prevailing price of our common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Table of Contents 16  
 

Currently there is no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the future prices or the amount of liquidity of our common stock .

 

Currently, there is no public market for our common stock and a public market may never develop. We have obtained a market maker, which has filed an application with FINRA on our behalf, and we have sought quotation on the OTCBB. It may take as long as nine (9) months to one (1) year to be approved by FINRA. However, the OTCBB is not a liquid market in contrast to the major stock exchanges. We cannot assure you as to the liquidity or the future market prices of our common stock if a market does develop. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, the fair market value of our common stock could be materially adversely affected. Any public market will follow approval of our application with FINRA, and we cannot predict the price at which we will begin trading or the future prices of our common stock.

We will be subject to the “penny stock” rules which will adversely affect the liquidity of our common stock .

 

The SEC, has adopted regulations which generally define “penny stock” to be an equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to specific exemptions. We expect the market price of our common stock will be less than $5.00 per share and therefore we will be considered a “penny stock” according to SEC rules. This designation requires any broker-dealer selling these securities to disclose certain information concerning the transaction, obtain a written agreement from the purchaser and determine that the purchaser is reasonably suitable to purchase the securities. These rules limit the ability of broker-dealers to solicit purchases of our common stock and therefore reduce the liquidity of the public market for our shares should one develop.

 

Terms of subsequent financings may adversely impact your investment .

 

We may have to raise equity, debt financing in the future. Your rights and the value of your investment in our common stock could be reduced. For example, if we issue secured debt securities, the holders of the debt would have a claim against our assets that would be prior to the rights of stockholders until the debt is paid. Interest on these debt securities would increase costs and negatively impact operating results.

 

It is not likely that we will pay dividends on the common stock or any other class of stock.

 

We intend to retain any future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business. We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock, or any other class of stock, in the foreseeable future. Stockholders should look solely to appreciation in the market price of our common shares to obtain a return on investment.

  

A significant number of our shares will be eligible for sale and their sale or potential sale may depress the market price of our common stock.

 

Sales of a significant number of shares of our common stock in the public market could harm the market price of our common stock. This prospectus covers 63,485,919 shares of our common stock, which represents almost all of our current issued and outstanding shares of our common stock, as well as the common stock underlying certain options and warrants with respect to our common stock, as well as common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes. As additional shares of our common stock become available for resale in the public market pursuant to this Offering, and otherwise, the supply of our common stock will increase, which could decrease its price.  In addition some or all of the shares of common stock may be offered from time to time in the open market pursuant to Rule 144, and these sales may have a depressive effect on the market for our shares of common stock.

 

Our stockholders may experience significant dilution from the conversion of the Notes and exercise of Warrants and options to purchase shares of our common stock .

 

We currently have outstanding Notes convertible into 18,056,935 shares of our common stock. Further, we currently have outstanding Warrants and options to purchase up to an aggregate of 9,928,984 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.375 per share. Accordingly, if such Notes, Warrants and options are exercised, in whole or part, prior to their expiration dates, you may experience substantial dilution upon the conversion or exercise of these Notes, Warrants or options. In addition, the likelihood of such dilution may be accelerated if the price of our common stock increases to a level greater than the exercise price of these warrants.

Table of Contents 17  
 

Our common stock will not be eligible for quotation on the OTCBB, unless we are current in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

In the event that our common stock is quoted on the OTCBB, we will be required to remain current in our filings with the SEC in order for shares of our common stock to be eligible for quotation on the over-the-counter bulletin board. In the event that we become delinquent in our required filings with the SEC, quotation of our common stock will be terminated following a 30 day grace period if we do not make our required filing during that time. If our common stock is not eligible for quotation on the over-the-counter bulletin board, investors in our common stock may find it difficult to sell their shares. Regardless of whether our common stock is quoted on the over-the-counter bulletin board, under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, we are required to file periodic reports with the SEC. See risk factor entitled “We are not a fully reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and thus subject only to the reporting requirements of Section 15(d).”

 

We are classified as an “emerging growth company” as well as a “smaller reporting company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably opted out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act.

 

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

 

Notwithstanding the above, we are also currently a “smaller reporting company.” Specifically, similar to “emerging growth companies,” “smaller reporting companies” are able to provide simplified executive compensation disclosures in their filings; are exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that independent registered public accounting firms provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; and have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in their SEC filings. Decreased disclosures in our SEC filings due to our status as an “emerging growth company” or “smaller reporting company” may make it harder for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects.

Table of Contents 18  
 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, that involve risk and uncertainties. Any statements contained in this prospectus that are not statements of historical fact may be forward-looking statements. When we use the words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “strategy,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “expects,” “intends” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others:

 

current or future financial performance;
management’s plans and objectives for future operations;
uncertainties associated with product research and development;
uncertainties associated with dependence upon the actions of government regulatory agencies;
product plans and performance;
management’s assessment of market factors; and
statements regarding our strategy and plans.

 

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

We are not providing any tax advice as to the acquisition, holding or disposition of the securities offered herein. In making an investment decision, investors are strongly encouraged to consult their own tax advisor to determine the U.S. federal, state and any applicable foreign tax consequences relating to their investment in our securities.

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the common stock by the selling shareholders pursuant to this prospectus. The selling shareholders named herein will receive all proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this Offering. However, we may receive up to $3,648,369 and $75,000 in gross proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants and options, respectively. Please see Selling Shareholders” beginning at page 23.  We will pay all expenses (other than transfer taxes) of the selling shareholders in connection with this Offering. 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2014.  The table should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

   

As of

December 31, 2014

Stockholders’ deficit:        
Common stock, $0 par value;   $ 127,400  
Additional paid-in capital     6,359,127  
Accumulated deficit     (15,324,264 )
Total stockholders’ deficit   $ (8,837,737 )
Noncontrolling interest     (35,442 )
Total Deficit     (8,873,179 )

 

Table of Contents 19  
 

DETERMINATION OF THE OFFERING PRICE

 

There is no established public market for our shares of common stock. The offering price for the sale of common stock held by the selling shareholders of $0.25 per share was arbitrarily determined by us, by using the price paid in our Notes Offering as a benchmark. The offering price should not be regarded as an indicator of the market price, if any, of the common stock that may develop in a trading market after this Offering, which is likely to fluctuate.

 

MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

 

There is no public market for our common stock. Although our common stock is not currently listed on a public exchange, we have applied to have our common stock quoted on an over-the-counter marketplace. Although we anticipate receiving approval, there can be no assurance that our application for quotation will be approved. In the event our application is approved, we will need to comply with ongoing reporting requirements.

 

Our common stock may never be quoted on an over-the-counter marketplace or, even if quoted, a liquid or viable market may not materialize. There can be no assurance that an active trading market for our shares will develop, or, if developed, that it will be sustained.

 

As of March 31, 2015, there were approximately 48 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.

 

As of March 31, 2015, 500,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value per share, were authorized. As of March 31, 2015, there were 35,750,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

 

As of March 31, 2015, 27,785,919 shares of our common stock were subject to convertible notes or warrants to purchase our common stock. 750,000 shares of our common stock were restricted subject to vesting; 200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options which had not vested as of the date of this report and will not vest within 60 days and/or contain performance-based vesting conditions, are not covered by this report.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never paid any cash dividends on our common stock and anticipate that, for the foreseeable future, no cash dividends will be paid on our common stock.

 

CONVERTIBLE NOTES OFFERING

 

On November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014 we concluded closings of the Notes Offering of our 12% Secured Convertible Promissory Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $4,240,100 and/or our 15% Secured Convertible Promissory Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $30,000, with the Investors. The entire aggregate principal amount of the Notes of $4,270,100 was outstanding as of March 31, 2015, such amount being exclusive of securities converted into the Notes separate from the Notes Offering. Pursuant to the Notes Offering, the Company received $1,752,803, $1,400,000 and $800,500 in net proceeds on November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014, respectively.

 

In addition to the terms customarily included in such instruments, the Notes began accruing interest on the date that each Investor submitted the principal balance of such Investor’s Note, with the interest thereon becoming due and payable on the one year anniversary of said date, and quarterly thereafter. Upon a default of the Notes, the interest rate will increase by 2%. The principal balance of each Note and all unpaid interest will become due and payable twenty-four (24) months after the date of issuance. The Notes may be prepaid with or without a penalty depending on the date of the prepayment. The principal and interest under the Notes are convertible into shares of our common stock at $0.25 per share and are secured by a first priority lien (subject only to an existing note with Signature Bank of Georgia on our intellectual property and all substitutes, replacements and proceeds of such intellectual property) pursuant to the terms of a Security Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014, as applicable, by and between us and each Investor.

Table of Contents 20  
 

Pursuant to the Notes Offering, each Investor also received five (5) year Warrants to purchase our common stock at $0.375 per share. Investors of the 12% Notes received Warrants with 25% coverage based on a pre-determined valuation of the Company. Investors of the 15% Notes received Warrants with 15% coverage based on the pre-determined valuation of the Company. Investors with a principal investment amount equal to or greater than $250,000 received Warrants with Bonus Coverage; however, if an Investor previously invested $250,000 or more in the Notes Offering, such Investor received Bonus Coverage if such Investor subsequently invested $100,000 or more in the Notes Offering. In addition to the terms customarily included in such instruments, the Warrants may be exercised by the Investors by providing to the Company a notice of exercise, payment and surrender of the Warrant.

 

In connection with the Notes Offering, we entered into Registration Rights Agreements, each dated as of November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and each by and between us and each of the Investors, whereby we agreed to prepare and file this Registration Statement with the SEC within sixty (60) days after execution of the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and to have the Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC within ninety (90) days thereafter. The Registration Statement covered shares of our common stock, including shares of our common stock underlying the Notes, Warrants and certain other options and warrants.

 

Because we were unable to file a Registration Statement pursuant to the terms of each Registration Rights Agreements dated as of November 26, 2013 or May 8, 2014, we were in default and subject to the Filing Default Damages under such Registration Rights Agreements. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Filing Default Damages mandate that the Company shall pay to the Investors, for each thirty (30) day period of such failure and until the filing date of the Registration Statement and/or the common stock may be sold pursuant to Rule 144, an amount in cash, as partial liquidated damages and not as a penalty, equal to 2% percent of the aggregate gross proceeds paid by the Investors for the Notes. If the Company fails to pay any partial liquidated damages in full within five (5) days of the date payable, which is the Note maturity date, the Company shall pay interest thereon at a rate of 18% per annum (or such lesser maximum amount that is permitted to be paid by applicable law) to the Investors, accruing daily from the date such partial liquidated damages are due until such amounts, plus all such interest thereon, are paid in full.

 

In addition, because we were unable to have a Registration Statement declared effective pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreements dated as of November 26, 2013 or May 8, 2014, we were in default and subject to the Effectiveness Default Damages under such Registration Rights Agreements. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Effectiveness Default Damages mandated that the interest rate due under the Note corresponding to such Registration Rights Agreement will increase 2% above the then effective interest rate of such Note, and shall continue to increase by 2% every 30 days until a registration statement is declared effective.

 

The Company’s Registration Statement, to which this prospectus amends and forms a part, was first filed on August 1, 2014, and was declared effective by the SEC on October 22, 2014. The Filing Default Damages stopped accruing on the date the Registration Statement was filed, and the Effectiveness Default Damages stopped accruing on the date it was declared effective. As of August 1, 2014, the date the Company first filed the Registration Statement, the Filing Default Damages to be paid by the Company to the Investors were $302,169. As of October 22, 2014, the date the Registration Statement was declared effective, the Effectiveness Default Damages to be paid by the Company to the Investors were $78,572.

Table of Contents 21  
 

On December 11, 2014, the Company sent a letter to the 2013 Investors holding Notes dated November 26, 2013 concerning the First Interest Payments scheduled to be paid pursuant to the Notes dated November 26, 2013. The Company noted the significant progress it had made in 2014, and expressed its preference to conserve working capital to support operations and customer orders. The Company invited the 2013 Investors to convert the First Interest Payments into shares of the Company’s common stock to further this purpose. The Company also asked each 2013 Investor to execute the Agreement and Waiver, which granted the Company an Extension, deferring the Company’s obligation to make payment of the First Interest Payment and the Interest Due under the Note through November 26, 2014 until February 24, 2015, during which time such deferment would not be considered an Event of Default under the 2013 Investor’s Note. In connection with the Extension, subsequent quarterly payments of interest will be determined based on the issuance date of each Note (i.e., November 26, 2013) rather than the date that each 2013 Investor first submitted payment for their Note, the sole purpose and impact of this change being to reduce ongoing costs to administer the Notes. In return for granting the Extension, we offered Additional Interest on the Interest Due at a rate of 12%, which was convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at the conversion price of $0.25 per share as of February 24, 2014, unless the 2013 Investor requested to receive the Additional Interest in cash 15 days prior to the end of the Extension.

 

On January 23, 2015, the Company sent the Agreement to Convert to the Investors holding Notes dated November 26, 2013 and May 8, 2014, which constituted all Investors with Filing Default Damages or Effectiveness Default Damages due to them pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements dated as of November 26, 2013 or June 30, 2014. The Company invited the Investors, as applicable, to elect to convert the Interest Due and/or the Filing Default Damages and Effectiveness Default Damages into shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $0.25 per share, and asked each Investor, as applicable, to make such election by acknowledging and returning the Agreement to Convert to the Company.

 

As of March 31, 2015, twenty-five 2013 Investors returned a signed Agreement and Waiver to the Company, resulting in Additional Interest of $6,532, three 2013 Investors refused to sign the Agreement and Waiver, and three 2013 Investors did not respond to the Company’s letter. One 2013 Investor elected to receive the Additional Interest in cash, and the remaining 2013 Investors who signed the Agreement and Waiver agreed to receive a total of 25,753 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for Additional Interest totaling $6,435.

 

As of March 31, 2015, out of thirty-four Investors who received an Agreement to Convert, twenty Investors elected to convert the Interest Due, the Filing Default Damages and the Effectiveness Default Damages into shares of the Company’s common stock, six Investors elected to receive cash rather than convert, and eight Investors did not respond to the Company’s invitation. As a consequence, the Company will issue 1,575,490 shares of its common stock to accepting Investors in exchange for Interest Due, Filing Default Damages and Effectiveness Default Damages totaling $393,872.

 

Based on responcses received through March 31, 2015, the Company has issued or will issue 1,601,243 shares of its common stock to Investors in exchange for Additional Interest, Interest Due, Filing Default Damages and Effectiveness Default Damages totaling $400,310.

 

Table of Contents 22  
 

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

 

The following table provides information about each selling shareholder including how many shares of our common stock they owned as of March 31, 2015, how many shares are offered for sale by this prospectus, and the number and percentage of outstanding shares each selling shareholder will own after this Offering, assuming all shares covered by this prospectus are sold.  Except as disclosed in this prospectus, none of the selling shareholders have had any position, office, or material relationship with us or our affiliates within the past three years. The information concerning beneficial ownership has been taken from our stock transfer records and information provided by the selling shareholders.  Information concerning the selling shareholders may change from time to time, and any changed information will be set forth if and when required in prospectus supplements or other appropriate forms permitted to be used by the SEC.

 

We do not know when or in what amounts a selling shareholder may offer shares for sale. The selling shareholders may not sell any or all of the shares offered by this prospectus. Because the selling shareholders may offer all or some of the shares, and because there are currently no agreements, arrangements or understandings with respect to the sale of any of the shares, we cannot estimate the number of the shares that will be held by the selling shareholders after completion of this Offering.  However, for purposes of this table, we have assumed that, after completion of this Offering, all of the shares covered by this prospectus will be sold by the selling shareholder.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the selling shareholders have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares of common stock.  All of the information contained in the table below is based upon information provided to us by the selling shareholders, and we have not independently verified this information.  The selling shareholders may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, at any time or from time to time since the date on which it provided the information regarding the shares beneficially owned, all or a portion of the shares beneficially owned in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

The number of shares outstanding and the percentages of beneficial ownership are based on 35,750,000 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2015.  For the purposes of the following table, the number of shares common stock beneficially owned has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, and such information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.  Under Rule 13d-3, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which a selling shareholder has sole or shared voting power or investment power and also any shares which that selling shareholder has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this prospectus through the exercise of any stock option, warrant or other rights.

Table of Contents 23  
 

Name  

Number of securities beneficially owned before Offering

 

Number of securities to be offered

 

Number of securities owned after Offering

 

Percentage of securities beneficially owned after Offering

Dov Shiff (1)     13,249,598       13,249,598       —       –%
KRNB Holdings LLC (2)     8,003,969       8,003,969       —       –%
Motek 7 SQL, LLC (3)     7,771,566       7,771,566       —       –%
David S. Nagelberg 2003 Revocable Trust DTD 7/2/03 (4)     3,300,000       3,300,000       —       –%
James R. Hills (5)     2,454,901       2,454,901       250,000     *%
Dutchess Opportunity Fund II LP (6)     2,400,000       2,400,000       —       –%
Harry Mittelman Revocable Living Trust (7)     2,310,000       2,310,000       —       –%
XLR-8 (Delaware) LLC (8)     2,150,000       2,150,000       —       –%
Safety Investors 2014, LLC (9)     1,650,000       1,650,000       —       –%
Israel Kaminsky     1,484,313       1,484,313       —       –%
Thomas Ridge (10)     1,225,000       1,225,000       —       –%
Grannus Financial Advisors (11)     1,000,000       1,000,000       —       –%
Equity Trust Company FBO Andrew Alexander Feldman Roth IRA (12) (51)     900,000       900,000       —       –%
Investment 2013, LLC (13)     970,669       970,669       —       –%
301 Office Ventures, LLC (14)     875,000       875,000       —       –%
Equity Trust Company FBO Elliott L. Messing Roth IRA (15) (51)     825,000       825,000       —       –%
Enterprise 2013, LLC (16)     762,254       762,254       —       –%
Donald Wright (17) (51)     660,000       660,000       —       –%
Jacob Steinmetz     576,762       576,762       —       –%
Chris Davis (18)     500,000       500,000       —       –%
Eugene W. Kelly (19)     500,000       500,000       —       –%
John W. Kelly (20)     500,000       500,000       —       –%
Konrad Habsburg (21)     500,000       500,000       —       –%
Table of Contents 24  
 
Michael Perillo (22)     500,000       500,000       —       –%
Serge Kremer (23)     500,000       500,000       —       –%
Tariq Masood (24)     500,000       500,000       —       –%
Ryan A. Engh (25) (51)     495,000       495,000       —       –%
Gidon Shem-Tov     356,235       356,235       —       –%
The Feldman Family Trust (26) (51)     330,000       330,000       —       –%
Eran Guzi (27)     304,902       304,902       —       –%
Keith Kurland (28)     304,902       304,902       —       –%
Laurie Satanosky (29)     304,902       304,902       —       –%
Noga Solovey (30)     304,902       304,902       —       –%
Dennis Sevel (31)     304,902       304,902       —       –%
Phillips Peter (32)     300,000       300,000       —       –%
Clive Anthony Caunter (33)     250,000       250,000       —       –%
David Scher and Tatiana Scher (34)     250,000       250,000       —       –%
Dirk Horn (35)     250,000       250,000       —       –%
Dutchess Global Strategies Fund LLC (36)     250,000       250,000       —       –%
Judith F. Krandel (37)     250,000       250,000       —       –%
Ami Kohen     200,000       200,000       —       –%
John H. Blair III (38)     200,000       200,000       —       –%
Nisim Farchi     175,000       175,000       —       –%
Reuven Arie Shomrat     175,000       175,000       —       –%
Elliott L. Messing Revocable Trust u/a/d June 12, 2008 (39) (51)     165,000       165,000       —       –%
Equity Trust Company FBO Lisa Marco Messing Roth IRA (40) (51)     165,000       165,000       —       –%
Ian Messing (41) (51)     165,000       165,000       —       –%
Natasha Feldman (42) (51)     165,000       165,000       —       –%
Avishay Rubin     152,451       152,451       —       –%
The Nikko Trust (43)     150,000       150,000       —       –%
Igal Marom     127,227       127,227       —       –%
Debra Shore (44)     125,000       125,000       —       –%
Gregory J. Attorli and Debra Shore JTWROS (45)     125,000       125,000       —       –%
Christopher Lahiji (46)     100,500       100,500       —       –%
David Usha     100,000       100,000       —       –%
Table of Contents 25  
 
Murray Lee     100,000       100,000       —       –%
Patty Barron     100,000       100,000       —       –%
Patricia Kohen     100,000       100,000       —       –%
R. Michael Stunden (47)     92,000       92,000       —       –%
Carol Morton (48)     46,000       46,000       —       –%
Adam Feren     20,000       20,000       —       –%
Ayal Bitton     20,000       20,000       —       –%
Big Hit Exploration, LLC (49)     20,000       20,000       —       –%
Harriet Rosenberg     20,000       20,000       —       –%
Henry Garofalo     20,000       20,000       —       –%
Irene Schuster     20,000       20,000       —       –%
Kelsi Rosneberg     20,000       20,000       —       –%
Lori Feren     20,000       20,000       —       –%
Murray Reffsin     20,000       20,000       —       –%
Pamela Siegelaub     20,000       20,000       —       –%
Robert & Arlene Feldman     20,000       20,000       —       –%
Robert Wald     20,000       20,000       —       –%
Tramel Exploration, LLC (50)     20,000       20,000       —       –%
Jacob Nagar     16,964       16,964       —       –%
Max Rosenberg     16,000       16,000       —       –%
Betsy Siegelaub     10,000       10,000       —       –%
John Lawrence Sr.     10,000       10,000       —       –%
Karen Lippman     10,000       10,000       —       –%
Marc Siegelaub     10,000       10,000       —       –%
Veronica & Bradon Godfrey     10,000       10,000       —       –%

 

(1) The 13,249,598 shares of common stock include (i) 8,959,598 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Dov Shiff, (ii) 1,690,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (iv) 2,600,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering. Pursuant to the terms of a Lock-Up and Leak Out Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2013, by and between the Company and Mr. Dov Shiff, Mr. Shiff has agreed to lock up 8,959,598 of his shares of common stock for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the effectiveness of the agreement, ending November 12, 2015, and pursuant to the terms thereof. However, as of October 1, 2014 and until the end of the lock-up period, Mr. Shiff may sell shares of his common stock of the Company if the price per share is not less than $0.25 per share; provided, however, that if the price per share is between $0.25 and $0.50, $0.51 and $1.00, or $1.01 and $2.00, Mr. Shiff may only sell shares of common stock in an aggregate amount up to 4%, 6% or 8% of the weekly volume of our common stock, respectively, rounded up to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.
(2) Mr. Rani Kohen, as Manager of KRNB Holdings LLC, has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. Pursuant to the terms of a Lock-Up and Leak Out Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2013, by and between the Company and Mr. Rani Kohen, Mr. Rani Kohen has agreed to lock up all 8,003,969 of KRNB Holdings LLC’s shares of common stock for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the effectiveness of the agreement, ending November 14, 2015, and pursuant to the terms thereof. However, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and until the end of the lock-up period, KRNB Holdings LLC may sell shares of its common stock of the Company if the price per share is not less than $0.25 per share; provided, however, that if the price per share is between $0.25 and $0.50, $0.51 and $1.00, or $1.01 and $2.00, KRNB Holdings LLC may only sell shares of common stock in an aggregate amount up to 2%, 3% or 4% of the weekly volume of our common stock, respectively, rounded up to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.
Table of Contents 26  
 
(3) Mr. Hillel Bronstein, as Manager of Motek 7 SQL LLC, has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. Pursuant to the terms of a Lock-Up and Leak Out Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2013, by and between the Company and Motek 7 SQL LLC, Motek 7 SQL LLC has agreed to lock up all 7,771,566 of its shares of common stock for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the effectiveness of the agreement, ending November 12, 2015, and pursuant to the terms thereof. However, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and until the end of the lock-up period, Motek 7 SQL LLC may sell shares of its common stock of the Company if the price per share is not less than $0.25 per share; provided, however, that if the price per share is between $0.25 and $0.50, $0.51 and $1.00, or $1.01 and $2.00, Motek 7 SQL LLC may only sell shares of common stock in an aggregate amount up to 1%, 1.5% or 2% of the weekly volume of our common stock, respectively, rounded up to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.
(4) David S. Nagelberg, as Trustee, has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 3,300,000 shares of common stock include (i) 1,300,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 2,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(5) The 2,454,901 shares of common stock include (i) 730,818 shares of common stock owned by Mr. James R. Hills, (ii) 74,083 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of certain warrants owned by Mr. James R. Hills, (iii) 650,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (iv) 1,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering. Subsequent to this Offering and the effectiveness of this Registration Statement on October 22, 2014, the Company issued directly to Mr. Hills an additional 250,000 shares of common stock in connection with the Hills Agreement, as further described in subsection “Employment Agreements” to the section “Executive Compensation” beginning on page 51 of this prospectus.
(6) Each of Mr. Michael Novielli and Mr. Douglas Leighton, as Managing Partners of Dutchess Opportunity Fund II LP, has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 2,400,000 shares of common stock include (i) 1,400,000 shares of common stock owned by Dutchess Opportunity Fund II LP, (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (iii) 800,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering. Pursuant to the terms of a Lock-Up and Leak Out Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2013, by and between the Company and Dutchess Opportunity Fund II LP, Dutchess Opportunity Fund II LP has agreed to lock up 1,400,000 of its shares of common stock for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the effectiveness of the agreement, ending November 11, 2015, and pursuant to the terms thereof. However, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and until the end of the lock-up period, Dutchess Opportunity Fund II LP may sell shares of its common stock of the Company if the price per share is not less than $0.25 per share; provided, however, that if the price per share is between $0.25 and $0.50, $0.51 and $1.00, or $1.01 and $2.00, Dutchess Opportunity Fund II LP may only sell shares of common stock in an aggregate amount up to 2%, 3% or 4% of the weekly volume of our common stock, respectively, rounded up to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.
(7) Mr. Harry Mittelman, as Trustee, has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 2,310,000 shares of common stock include (i) 910,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 1,400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(8) Mr. Robert L. Nardelli, as the Managing Member of XLR-8 (Delaware) LLC, has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 2,150,000 shares of common stock include (i) 750,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 1,400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(9) Mr. Steven Siegelaub, as the Managing Member of Safety Investors 2014, LLC, has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 1,650,000 shares of common stock include (i) 650,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (iii) 1,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(10) The 1,225,000 shares of common stock include (i) 875,000 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Thomas Ridge, (ii) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of certain options owned by Mr. Thomas Ridge, (iii) 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (iv) 200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
Table of Contents 27  
 
(11) Mr. Joseph M. Zappulla, as the President of Grannus Financial Advisors, Inc., has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. Pursuant to the terms of a Lock-Up and Leak Out Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2013, by and between the Company and Grannus Financial Advisors, Inc., Grannus Financial Advisors, Inc. has agreed to lock up all 1,000,000 of its shares of common stock for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the effectiveness of the agreement, ending November 14, 2015, and pursuant to the terms thereof. However, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and until the end of the lock-up period, Grannus Financial Advisors, Inc. may sell shares of its common stock if the price per share is not less than $0.25 per share; provided, however, that if the price per share is between $0.25 and $0.50, $0.51 and $1.00, or $1.01 and $2.00, Grannus Financial Advisors, Inc. may only sell shares of common stock in an aggregate amount up to 2%, 3% or 4% of the weekly volume of our common stock, respectively, rounded up to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.
(12) Mr. Andrew Feldman has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 990,000 shares of common stock include (i) 390,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 600,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(13) Mr. Steven Siegelaub, as the Managing Member of Investment 2013, LLC, has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 970,669 shares of common stock include (i) 194,134 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (iii) 776,535 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(14) Mr. Steven Siegelaub, as the Managing Member of 301 Office Ventures, LLC, has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. Pursuant to the terms of a Lock-Up and Leak Out Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2013, by and between the Company and 301 Office Ventures, LLC, 301 Office Ventures, LLC has agreed to lock up all 875,000 of its shares of common stock for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the effectiveness of the agreement, ending November 14, 2015, and pursuant to the terms thereof. However, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and until the end of the lock-up period, 301 Office Ventures, LLC may sell shares of its common stock if the price per share is not less than $0.25 per share; provided, however, that if the price per share is between $0.25 and $0.50, $0.51 and $1.00, or $1.01 and $2.00, 301 Office Ventures, LLC may only sell shares of common stock in an aggregate amount up to 1%, 1.5% or 2% of the weekly volume of our common stock, respectively, rounded up to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

(15) Mr. Elliott L. Messing has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 825,000 shares of common stock include (i) 325,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(16) Mr. Steven Siegelaub, as the Managing Member of Enterprise 2013, LLC, has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 762,254 shares of common stock include (i) 577,046 shares of common stock owned by Enterprise 2013, LLC and (ii) 185,208 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of certain warrants owned by Enterprise 2013, LLC.
(17) The 660,000 shares of common stock include (i) 260,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(18) The 500,000 shares of common stock include (i) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(19) The 500,000 shares of common stock include (i) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(20) The 500,000 shares of common stock include (i) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
Table of Contents 28  
 
(21) The 500,000 shares of common stock include (i) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(22) The 500,000 shares of common stock include (i) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(23) The 500,000 shares of common stock include (i) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(24) The 500,000 shares of common stock include (i) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(25) The 495,000 shares of common stock include (i) 195,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 300,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(26) Both Mr. Andrew Feldman and Mrs. Jeri Feldman, as Trustees, have voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 330,000 shares of common stock include (i) 130,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(27) The 304,902 shares of common stock include (i) 230,819 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Eran Guzi and (ii) 74,083 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the certain warrants owned by Mr. Eran Guzi.
(28) The 304,902 shares of common stock include (i) 230,819 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Keith Kurland and (ii) 74,083 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain warrants owned by Mr. Keith Kurland.
(29) The 304,902 shares of common stock include (i) 230,818 shares of common stock owned by Ms. Laurie Satanosky and (ii) 74,084 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain warrants owned by Ms. Laurie Satanosky.
(30) The 304,902 shares of common stock include (i) 230,818 shares of common stock owned by Ms. Noga Solovey and (ii) 74,084 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain warrants owned by Ms. Noga Solovey.
(31) The 304,902 shares of common stock include (i) 230,819 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Dennis Sevel and (ii) 74,083 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain warrants owned by Mr. Dennis Sevel.
(32) The 300,000 shares of common stock include (i) 200,000 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Phillips Peter and (ii) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the certain options owned by Mr. Phillips Peter.
(33) The 250,000 shares of common stock include (i) 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.

(34) The 250,000 shares of common stock include (i) 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(35) The 250,000 shares of common stock include (i) 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(36) Mr. Michael Novielli, as the sole owner and controlling member of Dutchess Global Strategies Fund LLC, has sole voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 250,000 shares of common stock include (i) 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
Table of Contents 29  
 
(37) The 250,000 shares of common stock include (i) 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(38) The 200,000 shares of common stock include (i) 40,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 160,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(39) Mr. Elliott L. Messing, as Trustee, has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 165,000 shares of common stock include (i) 65,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(40) Ms. Lisa M. Messing, has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 165,000 shares of common stock include (i) 65,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering..
(41) The 165,000 shares of common stock include (i) 65,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(42) The 165,000 shares of common stock include (i) 65,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(43) Litrust AG, as Trustee, has voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 150,000 shares of common stock include (i) 30,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 120,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(44) The 125,000 shares of common stock include (i) 25,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(45) Mr. Gregory Attori and Mrs. Debra Shore have voting power and dispositive control over these shares. The 125,000 shares of common stock include (i) 25,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(46) The 100,500 shares of common stock include (i) 20,100 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 80,400 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(47) The 92,000 shares of common stock include (i) 12,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 80,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(48) The 46,000 shares of common stock include (i) 6,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 40,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(49) Mr. Steven Golding, as Manager of Big Hit Exploration, LLC, has voting power and dispositive control over these shares.
(50) Mr. Martin Thirer and Ms. Meg Thirer, as Managers of Tramel Exploration, LLC, have voting power and dispositive control over these shares.
(51) On December 5, 2014, upon instruction from the members of Droplight, LLC, Notes and Warrants held in the name of Droplight, LLC were cancelled and replaced with Notes and Warrants on the same terms, issued into the names of each of the members of Droplight, LLC in proportion to such member’s interest in Droplight, LLC. The aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and upon conversion of the Notes issued on December 5, 2014 is the same as the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the cancelled Notes and Warrants held in the name of Droplight, LLC.

Table of Contents 30  
 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Overview

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of factors, including those set forth under Risk Factors.

 

Safety Quick Light LLC was incorporated in the State of Florida on May 14, 2004. On November 6, 2012, the company’s board of directors converted Safety Quick Light LLC into Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. We are a company engaged in the business of developing proprietary technology that enables a quick and safe installation by the use of a power plug for electrical fixtures, such as light fixtures and ceiling fans, into ceiling and wall electrical junction boxes.

 

Safety Quick Light LLC began marketing the SQL Technology in 2007 for installation of light fixtures and ceiling fans during manufacturing and as a kit for installing the SQL Technology in existing light fixtures and ceiling fans. Our management team determined that it could improve its gross margins if it were to market light fixtures and ceiling fans with its plug technology already installed on fixtures instead of marketing the SQL Technology as an add-on device. To implement this New Business Model, during the first quarter of 2010, the Company’s management discontinued marketing the SQL Technology as an add-on device; however, existing orders were honored through 2010 and 2011, resulting in revenues and other financial activity in 2012, as reflected in our management’s discussion below.

 

Company management then took the next step in furtherance of its New Business Model and sought the endorsement of the SQL Technology from GE. During 2010 and 2011, GE tested the SQL Technology and in June 2011, GE and SQL Lighting & Fans, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company, entered into the License Agreement, a trademark licensing agreement under which SQL Lighting & Fans, LLC was licensed to use the GE monogram logo on its devices and certain other trademarks on its ceiling fans and light fixtures through December 31, 2017. The License Agreement requires the Company to pay a percent of revenue generated on our products using the GE monogram logo as a license fee, including a minimum license fee payment during the term. The License Agreement was amended in April 2013 to extend its term through December 31, 2017 and to revise the required minimum license fees, and in July 2014 to remove minimum license fees for 2014. The License Agreement was further amended in August 2014 to (i) establish the contract year as beginning on December 1 and ending on November 31 (a “Contract Year”), (ii) extend the term through November 30, 2018, (iii) provide that no royalties were due for the period prior to 2013, (iv) provide that royalties of $400,000 were due for the period from January 1, 2013 through November 30, 2013, (v) set forth a new royalty calculation beginning December 1, 2013 and continuing through the term of the License Agreement based on a tiered percentage of net sales in each Contract Year, and (vi) provide that the Company must pay to GE a royalty minimum of $12,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of the License Agreement.

 

In furtherance of our New Business Model, the Company has taken other steps, including the development of trade distribution channels with key retailers, corporate restructuring, establishing and obtaining authorizations for our third party manufacturers to produce the SQL Technology, and raising the necessary capital resources to fully implement its New Business Model. For additional information, see “Our History and New Business Model” in the Prospectus Summary and the section titled “Business,” found on pages 1 and 43 of this prospectus, respectively.

 

Table of Contents 31  
 

Results of Operations

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

    For the years ended        
    December 31, 2014   December 31, 2013   $ Change   % Change
Revenue   $ —       $ —       $ —         0 %
                                 
Cost of sales     —         —         —         0 %
                                 
Gross loss     —         —         —         0 %
                                 
General and administrative expenses     4,799,696       1,401,435       3,398,261       242 %
                                 
Loss from Operations     (4,799,696 )     (1,401,435 )     (3,398,261 )     242 %
                                 
Other Income / (Expense)     (2,005,053 )     (1,206,333 )     (798,720 )     66 %
                                 
Net Loss   $ (6,804,749 )   $ (2,607,768 )   $ (4,196,981 )     161 %
                                 
Net loss per share - basic and diluted   $ (0.20 )   $ (0.08 )                

 

Revenue

The Company had no revenue in 2014 or 2013 because it was transitioning to the New Business model.

 

Cost of Sales

The Company had no costs of sales in 2014 and 2013 due to the absence of revenue.

 

Gross Profit

The Company did not have any sales or cost of sales in 2014 and 2013. As a result there was not gross profit or loss.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expense increased $3,398,261 to $4,799,696 in 2014 from $1,401,435 in 2013.

 

The increases in the general and administrative expenses were due to the following significant items:

 

$2,000,000 increase in the amount recorded for the GE License Agreement.
$381,000 in penalty payments to bondholders for failure to register the shares in accordance with the Notes.
$334,000 increase in payroll expense, in 2013 some key employees were not paid for most of the year.
$255,000 increase in consulting expenses associated with activities as a public company.
$122,000 increase in China operational expenses as the Company went through the GE approval process.
$112,000 increase in accounting expenses driven by additional requirements for a public company.
$90,000 increase in rent for facilities related to the opening of a corporate office.
$63,000 increase in marketing expenses as associated with the SQL Technology.
$48,000 increase in travel expenses due to trips to China and investor relation activities.

Table of Contents 32  
 

Further, decreases in certain items of G&A expenses were attributable to the following:

 

$170,000 decrease in option expense, no additional options were issued in 2014.
$60,000 decrease in management fees, reflecting a move to salaried positions.

 

Loss from Operations

Loss from operations represents the change in general and administrative expenses since the Company had no gross profit.

 

Other Income (Expense)

Total other expenses increased approximately $759,168 to $1,965,196 in 2014 from $1,206,000 in 2013.

 

The increase in other expense is due to the following significant items:

 

Increase of $1,900,000 in interest expense reflecting a full years interest associated with the November 2013 Notes and the addition of the May 2014 and June 2014 Notes.
Decrease of $670,000 in derivative expense associated with the Notes issued in May 2014.
Decrease of $100,000 in forgiveness of debt, associated with a 2013 transaction which converted debt instruments to convertible notes.

 

Net Loss and Net Loss per Share

The Company’s net loss and net loss per share in 2014 was approximately ($6,805,000) and $(0.20) per share, respectively, as compared to 2013 where net loss was approximately ($2,608,000) and ($0.08) per share, respectively. Inflation did not have a material impact on operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

    For the years ended        
    December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012   $ Change   % Change
                 
Revenue   $ —       $ 77,646     $ (77,646 )     -100 %
                                 
Cost of sales     —         (85,899 )     85,899       -100 %
                                 
Gross loss     —         (8,253 )     8,253       -100 %
                                 
General and administrative expenses     1,401,435       826,367       575,068       70 %
                                 
Loss from Operations     (1,401,435 )     (834,620 )     (566,815 )     68 %
                                 
Other Income / (Expense)     (1,206,333 )     (35,700 )     (1,170,633 )     3279 %
                                 
Net Loss   $ (2,607,768 )   $ (870,320 )   $ (1,737,448 )     200 %
                                 
Net loss per share - basic and diluted   $ (0.08 )   $ (0.03 )                

 

Revenue

Revenue decreased in 2013 to $0 from approximately $78,000 in 2012 due to the Company’s lack of revenue generating operations in 2013. The Company has been implementing its New Business Model to reflect a new business direction, and thus did not generate revenue in 2013. Revenue in 2012 was derived from the Company’s operations prior to implementing its New Business Model.

Table of Contents 33  
 

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales decreased in 2013 to $0 from approximately $86,000 in 2012 due to the Company’s lack of revenue generating operations in 2013. The Company has been implementing its New Business Model to reflect a new business direction, and thus did not generate cost of sales in 2013. Cost of sales in 2012 were derived from the Company’s operations prior to implementing its New Business Model.

 

Gross Loss

Gross loss decreased from approximately $8,000 in 2012 to $0 in 2013. The decrease relates to the Company operating at a gross loss for product sales in 2012 compared to no sales in 2013.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

Total G&A expenses increased from approximately $826,000 in 2012 to approximately $1,401,000 in 2013.

 

The primary increases were attributable to the following:

 

Share based payments increased from $0 in 2012 to approximately $754,000 in 2013, this included payments of approximately $563,000 made by existing stockholders to cover corporate expenses as well as $125,000 for a stock sign on bonus to the Company's Chief Executive Officer. The Company also expensed approximately $67,000 in stock option grants to related parties for services rendered.
Payment made in 2013 under the royalty and license agreement to GE. No such payments were required in 2012.

Further, decreases in certain items of G&A expenses were attributable to the following:

 

Salaries, wages, travel, entertainment, China related expenses and management fees decreased from approximately $501,000 in 2012 to approximately $102,000 in 2013. The decrease related to the Company's ongoing operations significantly being reduced beginning in the third quarter of 2012. The Company's operations were nominal in 2013 as its New Business Model was being developed and implemented.
Other G&A in 2012 was approximately $267,000 and decreased to approximately $66,000 in 2013. The reduction was related to the cessation of revenue generating activities since the third quarter of 2012.

Loss from Operations

Loss from operations increased to approximately $1,401,000 in 2013 from approximately $834,000 in 2012.

 

Other Income (Expense)

Total other expenses increased from approximately $36,000 in 2012 to approximately $1,206,000 in 2013.

 

The primary increases were attributable to the following:

 

The recording of interest expense of approximately $172,000 in 2013 as compared to approximately $36,000 in 2012, which also includes amortization of debt issue costs and debt discount of approximately $104,000 as well as third party bank debt. The debt issue costs and debt discount are derived from the issuance of convertible debt and warrants issued in 2013 treated as derivative liabilities. There was only bank debt related interest in 2012.
In 2013, the Company recorded approximately $1,156,000 of derivative expense as compared to $0 in 2012. During 2013, the Company issued convertible debt and warrants that were treated as derivative liabilities. The derivative expense reflected the difference in the fair value of the derivative liabilities as compared to the portion allocated to debt discount. Derivative expense was also recorded in connection with the extinguishment of debt.
In 2013, the Company recorded a change in fair value of derivative liability of approximately $34,000 compared to $0 in 2012. This change reflects the Company's fair value mark to market adjustment.
In 2013, the Company recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of approximately $13,000 compared to $0 in 2012. The loss was recorded in connection with the modification of third party debt from conventional debt into convertible debt.
In 2013, the Company recorded a gain on debt forgiveness of $100,000 compared to $0 in 2012. The gain represented the forgiveness of third party debt.

Table of Contents 34  
 

Net Loss and Net Loss per Share

The Company's net loss and net loss per share in 2013 was approximately $2,608,000 and $0.08 per share, respectively, as compared to 2012 where net loss was approximately $870,000 and $0.03 per share, respectively. Inflation did not have a material impact on operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Interest Expense

 

The following table details the Company’s interest expense components:

 

    Year Ended December 31,
    2014   2013   2012
Interest accrued on Notes outstanding.   $ 147,191     $ 40,026     $ 4,329  
Interest on SBA loan with Signature Bank     21,893       27,274       31,371  
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE – Notes Payable     169,084       67,300       35,700  
Amortization of Debt Issue Cost     142,867       11,986       —    
Amortization of Debt Discount     1,827,534       92,304       —    
    $ 2,139,485     $ 171,590     $ 35,700  

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

To date, the Company has not generated sufficient revenue to cover its operating costs and continues to operate with negative cash flow which may require it to seek additional capital to maintain current operations. In addition, if sufficient sales growth is achieved, the Company may be required to enter into financing arrangements to fund its working capital needs. The Company currently has no such financing commitments in place.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014 the Company used $1,800,231 in cash for operations as compared with $685,729 used in 2013. The Company’s increase use of cash in operations was due to the increased operating loss of $4,196,981. This was offset by $4,510,642 in non-cash amortization expense associated with the amortization of the GE trademark license $(2,434,783), convertible debt discount ($1,507,108), and change in derivative expense ($568,751). This was partially offset by a change in the fair value of derivatives of $707,770. Accounts payable increased $876,381 as compared with December 31, 2013.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company used $168,540 in cash for investing activities as compared with $6,013 in 2013. These funds were used to purchase equipment, primarily in China ($143,816) and to defend patents ($24,724).

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company generated $2,077,284 in cash from financing activities as compared to $1,823,980 in 2013. In 2013, the Company completed a first closing of the Notes, generating aggregate gross proceeds of $2,000,000. In 2014, the Company issued an additional $2,270,100 in convertible Notes. These use of both offerings are primarily to fund operations.

 

As a result of the above operating, investing and financing activities, the Company generated $108,513 in cash equivalents in 2014 as compared with $1,132,974 in 2013.

 

The Company had a working capital deficit of $5,850,064 in 2014, as compared to a deficit of $1,810,104 in 2013. The deficit is primarily due to the increase in derivative liability associated with the convertible debt.

 

During 2014, the Company executed a second amendment to the GE Licensing Agreement. Under the terms of this amendment, the Company agreed to pay GE a total of $12,000,000 by November, 2018 for the rights associated with the GE brand. The amount will be paid from a percentage of sales in accordance with a schedule with the residual balance, if any, due in 2018. Given the Company’s lack of sales history associated with this agreement, the entire balance has been classified as long-term.

Table of Contents 35  
 

The Company had no inventory on its balance sheet at December, 31 2014. Company management anticipates minimal, if any inventory of its SQL Technology and ceiling and fan fixtures. Production of the SQL Technology and fixtures will be originated upon receipt of FOB (free on board) purchase contracts from customers. Upon the completion of each purchase contract, the finished products will be transported from the manufacturer directly to the ports and loaded on vessels secured by the customer, upon which the products become the property of the customer. The Company anticipates the need for a financing facility to support accounts receivable and, potentially, inventory as the need arises. The Company does not currently have such a facility in place and there is no assurance that such a facility can be secured when needed.

 

The Company’s cash balance as of December 31, 2014 was $1,241,487. In light of the Company’s projected working capital needs, it may need to seek additional capital which may dilute existing shareholders. There is no guarantee that the Company will be successful in raising additional capital or be successful in the execution of its plans.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

For a discussion of our accounting policies and related items, please see the Notes to the Financial Statements, included in Item 8.

 

Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and accompanying notes.

 

Such estimates and assumptions impact both assets and liabilities, including but not limited to: net realizable value of accounts receivable and inventory, estimated useful lives and potential impairment of property and equipment, the valuation of intangible assets, estimate of fair value of share based payments and derivative liabilities, estimates of fair value of warrants issued and recorded as debt discount, estimates of tax liabilities and estimates of the probability and potential magnitude of contingent liabilities.

 

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate could change in the near term due to one or more future non-conforming events. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from estimates.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity. The amendments in this Update change the requirements for reporting discontinued operations in Subtopic 205-20.

 

Under the new guidance, a discontinued operation is defined as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and “represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results.” The ASU states that a strategic shift could include a disposal of (i) a major geographical area of operations, (ii) a major line of business, (iii) a major equity method investment, or (iv) other major parts of an entity. Although “major” is not defined, the standard provides examples of when a disposal qualifies as a discontinued operation.

 

The ASU also requires additional disclosures about discontinued operations that will provide more information about the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of discontinued operations. In addition, the ASU requires disclosure of the pre-tax profit or loss attributable to a disposal of an individually significant component of an entity that does not qualify for discontinued operations presentation in the financial statements.

Table of Contents 36  
 

The ASU is effective for public business entities for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within those years.

 

In May 2014, the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board issued a converged final standard on the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. This updated guidance provides a framework for addressing revenue recognition issues and replaces almost all existing revenue recognition guidance in current U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The core principle of the new standard is for companies to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard will also result in enhanced disclosures about revenue, provide guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively, and improve guidance for multiple-element arrangements. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Management has not yet evaluated the future impact of this guidance on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In September 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. This ASU describes how an entity should assess its ability to meet obligations and sets disclosure requirements for how this information should be disclosed in the financial statements. The standard provides accounting guidance that will be used with existing auditing standards. The amendments in this ASU are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The adoption of this guidance will be examined for the year ended December 31, 2016, and if applicable at that time, will require management to make the appropriate disclosures.

 

Other pronouncements issued by the FASB or other authoritative accounting standards groups with future effective dates are either not applicable or are not expected to be significant to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets and Identifiable Intangible Assets

The Company reviews for impairment of long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any asset may not be recoverable. In the event of impairment, the asset is written down to its fair market value.

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.

 

Depreciation of property and equipment is provided utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives, ranging from 5-7 years of the respective assets. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

 

Upon sale or retirement of property and equipment, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations.

 

Intangible Asset - Patent

The Company developed a patent for an installation device used in light fixtures and ceiling fans. Costs incurred for submitting the applications to the United States Patent and Trademark Office for these patents have been capitalized. Patent costs are being amortized using the straight-line method over the related 15 year lives. The Company begins amortizing patent costs once a filing receipt is received stating the patent serial number and filing date from the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

Table of Contents 37  
 

The Company incurs certain legal and related costs in connection with patent applications. The Company capitalizes such costs to be amortized over the expected life of the patent to the extent that an economic benefit is anticipated from the resulting patent or alternative future use is available to the Company. The Company also capitalizes legal costs incurred in the defense of the Company’s patents when it is believed that the future economic benefit of the patent will be maintained or increased and a successful defense is probable. Capitalized patent defense costs are amortized over the remaining expected life of the related patent. The Company’s assessment of future economic benefit or a successful defense of its patents involves considerable management judgment, and an unfavorable outcome of litigation could result in a material impairment charge up to the carrying value of these assets.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company measures assets and liabilities at fair value based on an expected exit price as defined by the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements, which represents the amount that would be received on the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability, as the case may be, in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value may be based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The authoritative guidance on fair value measurements establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis whereby inputs, used in valuation techniques, are assigned a hierarchical level.

 

The following are the hierarchical levels of inputs to measure fair value:

 

Level 1 – Observable inputs that reflect quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Inputs reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities; or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s assumptions incorporated in valuation techniques used to determine fair value. These assumptions are required to be consistent with market participant assumptions that are reasonably available.

 

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, such as cash, prepaid expenses, other current assets, accounts payable & accrued expenses, certain notes payable and notes payable – related party, approximate their fair values because of the short maturity of these instruments.

 

The Company accounts for its derivative liabilities, at fair value, on a recurring basis under Level 3.

 

Embedded Conversion Features

The Company evaluates embedded conversion features within convertible debt under ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” to determine whether the embedded conversion feature(s) should be bifurcated from the host instrument and accounted for as a derivative at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. If the conversion feature does not require derivative treatment under ASC 815, the instrument is evaluated under ASC 470-20 “Debt with Conversion and Other Options” for consideration of any beneficial conversion feature.

 

The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow, market, or foreign currency risks. The Company evaluates all of it financial instruments, including stock purchase warrants, to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported as charges or credits to income.

 

For option-based simple derivative financial instruments, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value the derivative instruments at inception and subsequent valuation dates. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is re-assessed at the end of each reporting period.

Table of Contents 38  
 

Stock-Based Compensation - Employees

The Company accounts for its stock based compensation in which the Company obtains employee services in share-based payment transactions under the recognition and measurement principles of the fair value recognition provisions of section 718-10-30 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. Pursuant to paragraph 718-10-30-6 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, all transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable.

 

The measurement date used to determine the fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur.

 

If the Company is a newly formed corporation or shares of the Company are thinly traded, the use of share prices established in the Company’s most recent private placement memorandum (based on sales to third parties) (“PPM”), or weekly or monthly price observations would generally be more appropriate than the use of daily price observations as such shares could be artificially inflated due to a larger spread between the bid and asked quotes and lack of consistent trading in the market.

 

The fair value of share options and similar instruments is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing valuation model. The ranges of assumptions for inputs are as follows:

 

Expected term of share options and similar instruments: The expected life of options and similar instruments represents the period of time the option and/or warrant are expected to be outstanding. Pursuant to Paragraph 718-10-50-2(f)(2)(i) of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification the expected term of share options and similar instruments represents the period of time the options and similar instruments are expected to be outstanding taking into consideration of the contractual term of the instruments and employees’ expected exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior into the fair value (or calculated value) of the instruments. Pursuant to paragraph 718-10-S99-1, it may be appropriate to use the simplified method, i.e., expected term = ((vesting term + original contractual term) / 2), if (i) A company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term due to the limited period of time its equity shares have been publicly traded; (ii) A company significantly changes the terms of its share option grants or the types of employees that receive share option grants such that its historical exercise data may no longer provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term; or (iii) A company has or expects to have significant structural changes in its business such that its historical exercise data may no longer provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. The Company uses the simplified method to calculate expected term of share options and similar instruments as the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term.
Expected volatility of the entity’s shares and the method used to estimate it. Pursuant to ASC Paragraph 718-10-50-2(f)(2)(ii) a thinly-traded or nonpublic entity that uses the calculated value method shall disclose the reasons why it is not practicable for the Company to estimate the expected volatility of its share price, the appropriate industry sector index that it has selected, the reasons for selecting that particular index, and how it has calculated historical volatility using that index. The Company uses the average historical volatility of the comparable companies over the expected contractual life of the share options or similar instruments as its expected volatility. If shares of a company are thinly traded the use of weekly or monthly price observations would generally be more appropriate than the use of daily price observations as the volatility calculation using daily observations for such shares could be artificially inflated due to a larger spread between the bid and asked quotes and lack of consistent trading in the market.
Expected annual rate of quarterly dividends. An entity that uses a method that employs different dividend rates during the contractual term shall disclose the range of expected dividends used and the weighted-average expected dividends. The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s current dividend yield as the best estimate of projected dividend yield for periods within the expected term of the share options and similar instruments.
Risk-free rate(s). An entity that uses a method that employs different risk-free rates shall disclose the range of risk-free rates used. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods within the expected term of the share options and similar instruments.

Table of Contents 39  
 

Generally, all forms of share-based payments, including stock option grants, warrants and restricted stock grants and stock appreciation rights are measured at their fair value on the awards’ grant date, based on estimated number of awards that are ultimately expected to vest.

 

The expense resulting from share-based payments is recorded in general and administrative expense in the statements of operations.

 

Equity Instruments Issued to Parties Other Than Employees for Acquiring Goods or Services

The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to parties other than employees for acquiring goods or services under guidance of Sub-topic 505-50 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Sub-topic 505-50”).

 

Pursuant to ASC Section 505-50-30, all transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The measurement date used to determine the fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur. If the Company is a newly formed corporation or shares of the Company are thinly traded the use of share prices established in the Company’s most recent private placement memorandum (“PPM”), or weekly or monthly price observations would generally be more appropriate than the use of daily price observations as such shares could be artificially inflated due to a larger spread between the bid and asked quotes and lack of consistent trading in the market.

 

The fair value of share options and similar instruments is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing valuation model. The ranges of assumptions for inputs are as follows:

 

Expected term of share options and similar instruments: Pursuant to Paragraph 718-10-50-2(f)(2)(i) of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification the expected term of share options and similar instruments represents the period of time the options and similar instruments are expected to be outstanding taking into consideration of the contractual term of the instruments and holder’s expected exercise behavior into the fair value (or calculated value) of the instruments. The Company uses historical data to estimate holder’s expected exercise behavior. If the Company is a newly formed corporation or shares of the Company are thinly traded the contractual term of the share options and similar instruments is used as the expected term of share options and similar instruments as the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term.
Expected volatility of the entity’s shares and the method used to estimate it. Pursuant to ASC Paragraph 718-10-50-2(f)(2)(ii) a thinly-traded or nonpublic entity that uses the calculated value method shall disclose the reasons why it is not practicable for the Company to estimate the expected volatility of its share price, the appropriate industry sector index that it has selected, the reasons for selecting that particular index, and how it has calculated historical volatility using that index. The Company uses the average historical volatility of the comparable companies over the expected contractual life of the share options or similar instruments as its expected volatility. If shares of a company are thinly traded the use of weekly or monthly price observations would generally be more appropriate than the use of daily price observations as the volatility calculation using daily observations for such shares could be artificially inflated due to a larger spread between the bid and asked quotes and lack of consistent trading in the market.
Expected annual rate of quarterly dividends. An entity that uses a method that employs different dividend rates during the contractual term shall disclose the range of expected dividends used and the weighted-average expected dividends. The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s current dividend yield as the best estimate of projected dividend yield for periods within the expected term of the share options and similar instruments.
Risk-free rate(s). An entity that uses a method that employs different risk-free rates shall disclose the range of risk-free rates used. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods within the expected term of the share options and similar instruments.

Table of Contents 40  
 

Pursuant to ASC paragraph 505-50-25-7, if fully vested, non-forfeitable equity instruments are issued at the date the grantor and grantee enter into an agreement for goods or services (no specific performance is required by the grantee to retain those equity instruments), then, because of the elimination of any obligation on the part of the counterparty to earn the equity instruments, a measurement date has been reached. A grantor shall recognize the equity instruments when they are issued (in most cases, when the agreement is entered into). Whether the corresponding cost is an immediate expense or a prepaid asset (or whether the debit should be characterized as contra-equity under the requirements of paragraph 505-50-45-1) depends on the specific facts and circumstances. Pursuant to ASC paragraph 505-50-45-1, a grantor may conclude that an asset (other than a note or a receivable) has been received in return for fully vested, non-forfeitable equity instruments that are issued at the date the grantor and grantee enter into an agreement for goods or services (and no specific performance is required by the grantee in order to retain those equity instruments). Such an asset shall not be displayed as contra-equity by the grantor of the equity instruments. The transferability (or lack thereof) of the equity instruments shall not affect the balance sheet display of the asset. This guidance is limited to transactions in which equity instruments are transferred to other than

employees in exchange for goods or services. Section 505-50-30 provides guidance on the determination of the measurement date for transactions that are within the scope of this Subtopic.

 

Pursuant to Paragraphs 505-50-25-8 and 505-50-25-9, an entity may grant fully vested, non-forfeitable equity instruments that are exercisable by the grantee only after a specified period of time if the terms of the agreement provide for earlier exercisability if the grantee achieves specified performance conditions. Any measured cost of the transaction shall be recognized in the same period(s) and in the same manner as if the entity had paid cash for the goods or services or used cash rebates as a sales discount instead of paying with, or using, the equity instruments. A recognized asset, expense, or sales discount shall not be reversed if a share option and similar instrument that the counterparty has the right to exercise expires unexercised.

 

Pursuant to ASC paragraph 505-50-30-S99-1, if the Company receives a right to receive future services in exchange for unvested, forfeitable equity instruments, those equity instruments are treated as unissued for accounting purposes until the future services are received (that is, the instruments are not considered issued until they vest). Consequently, there would be no recognition at the measurement date and no entry should be recorded.

 

Income Tax Provision

From the inception of the Company and through November 6, 2012, the Company was taxed as a pass-through entity (a limited liability company) under the Internal Revenue Code and was not subject to federal and state income taxes; accordingly, no provision had been made.

 

The financial statements reflect the Company’s transactions without adjustment, if any, required for income tax purposes for the period from November 7, 2012 to December 31, 2012. The net loss generated by the Company for the period January 1, 2012 to November 6, 2012 has been excluded from the computation of income taxes.

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under Section 740-10-30 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent management concludes it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

Table of Contents 41  
 

The Company adopted section 740-10-25 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Section 740-10-25”). Section 740-10-25 addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under Section 740-10-25, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty (50) percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Section 740-10-25 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim periods and requires increased disclosures.

 

The estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities are reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as well as tax credit carry-backs and carry-forwards. The Company periodically reviews the recoverability of deferred tax assets recorded on its consolidated balance sheets and provides valuation allowances as management deems necessary.

 

Management makes judgments as to the interpretation of the tax laws that might be challenged upon an audit and cause changes to previous estimates of tax liability. In addition, the Company operates within multiple taxing jurisdictions and is subject to audit in these jurisdictions. In management’s opinion, adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all years. If actual taxable income by tax jurisdiction varies from estimates, additional allowances or reversals of reserves may be necessary.

 

The Company’s tax returns are subject to examination by the federal and state tax authorities for the years ended 2012 through 2014.

 

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company did not take any uncertain tax positions and had no adjustments to its income tax liabilities or benefits pursuant to the provisions of Section 740-10-25 for the reporting periods ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

Related Parties

The Company follows subtopic 850-10 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for the identification of related parties and disclosure of related party transactions.

 

Pursuant to Section 850-10-20 the related parties include (a) affiliates of the Company; (b) Entities for which investments in their equity securities would be required, absent the election of the fair value option under the Fair Value Option Subsection of Section 825–10–15, to be accounted for by the equity method by the investing entity; (c) trusts for the benefit of employees, such as pension and profit-sharing trusts that are managed by or under the trusteeship of management; (d) principal owners of the Company; (e) management of the Company; (f) other parties with which the Company may deal if one party controls or can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the other to an extent that one of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests; and (g) other parties that can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the transacting parties or that have an ownership interest in one of the transacting parties and can significantly influence the other to an extent that one or more of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests.

 

The consolidated financial statements shall include disclosures of material related party transactions, other than compensation arrangements, expense allowances, and other similar items in the ordinary course of business. However, disclosure of transactions that are eliminated in the preparation of consolidated or combined financial statements is not required in those statements. The disclosures shall include: (a) the nature of the relationship(s) involved; (b) a description of the transactions, including transactions to which no amounts or nominal amounts were ascribed, for each of the periods for which income statements are presented, and such other information deemed necessary to an understanding of the effects of the transactions on the financial statements; (c) the dollar amounts of transactions for each of the periods for which income statements are presented and the effects of any change in the method of establishing the terms from that used in the preceding period; and (d) amounts due from or to related parties as of the date of each balance sheet presented and, if not otherwise apparent, the terms and manner of settlement.

Table of Contents 42  
 

Related Party Transactions

 

We are currently party to a consulting agreement with Mr. Rani Kohen, Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors, pursuant to which we are required to pay cash compensation in the amount of $150,000 per year.

 

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are a company engaged in the business of developing proprietary technology that enables a quick and safe installation by the use of a power plug for electrical fixtures, such as light fixtures and ceiling fans, into ceiling and wall electrical junction boxes.  As of March 31, 2015, we have three issued U.S. Patents relating to our technology. We also have patents in China (two issued patents) and India (one issued patent and one pending patent application) which protect different aspects of the same SQL Technology as the three issued U.S. patents. The Company sought intellectual property protection of its SQL Technology in China due to its current manufacturing operations and prospective sales in China’s market, and sought protection in India in anticipation of future growth into India’s developing market, both with respect to the sales of SQL Technology and potential operations of the Company. The intellectual property represented by these patents is a fixable socket and a revolvable plug for conducting electric power and supporting an electrical appliance attached to a wall or ceiling.  The socket is comprised of a non-conductive body that houses conductive rings connectable to an electric power supply through terminals in its side exterior.  The plug, also comprised of a non-conductive body that houses corresponding conductive rings, attaches to the socket via a male post and is capable of feeding electric power to an appliance. The plug also includes a second structural element allowing it to revolve and a releasable latching which, when engaged, provides a retention force between the socket and the plug to prevent disengagement and to support appliances up to 50 pounds.  The socket and plug can be detached by releasing the latch, disengaging the electric power from the plug.  The socket is designed to replace the support bar incorporated in electric junction boxes.  Once attached to the electric junction box, the socket can support fixtures that are plugged-in weighing up to 50 pounds, or up to the weight limit of the electric junction box, if lower than 50 pounds.  The plug is designed to be installed in light fixtures, ceiling fans and wall sconce fixtures.  The combined socket and plug technology is referred to throughout this prospectus as “the SQL Technology”.

 

Products

 

We manufacture and sell ceiling fans and lighting fixtures branded with General Electric logo and manufactured under their strict guidance. Our ceiling fans and lighting fixtures offer unique designs, and are manufactured with and without the SQL Technology.

 

The SQL Technology is an attachment fitting plug and mounting receptacle used to install lighting fixtures and ceiling fans. The SQL Technology replaces the traditional mounting bar found in existing electrical junction boxes, converting the mounting system into a weight bearing plug with no exposed wires. Our technology could transform the lighting fixture and ceiling fan industry. Using the SQL Technology, anyone can safely install lighting fixtures and ceiling fans in minutes. Professional electricians as well as “Do it Yourself” installers will benefit from our technology. The SQL Technology is Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed for USA and Canada and is licensed by GE.

 

Our SQL Technology is comprised of two parts: a ‘female’ socket receptacle that is secured to existing electrical junction boxes, into which electrical and ground wires are simply inserted and secured into terminals on the device, and a ‘male’ plug fitting that is preinstalled on the lighting fixture or fan. The receptacle is easily attached to the junction box, and any lighting fixture or fan with the SQL Technology can be literally installed in seconds. Our manufacturing plan calls for the SQL Technology to be pre-installed in all types of lighting fixtures, including holiday themed lighting, and ceiling fans. Once attached to the electric junction box, the SQL Technology is certified to support light fixtures that are plugged-in weighing up to 50 pounds and ceiling fans that are plugged-in weighing up to 35 pounds, or up to the weight limit of the electric junction box, if lower than the certified weight.

 

We have been working with several well established factories producing ceiling fans and lights in China. Many of these factories have been in business for over 20 years and follow strict human rights and sustainability protocols.

Table of Contents 43  
 

Our History and New Business Model

 

Safety Quick Light LLC began marketing the SQL Technology in 2007 for installation of light fixtures and ceiling fans during manufacturing and as a kit for installing the SQL Technology in existing light fixtures and ceiling fans. The Company sold 800,000 units of the SQL Technology OEM (“Original Equipment Manufacturer”) to lighting manufacturers and retailers who installed the socket and plug technology into their lighting fixtures for sale at retail stores. The Company also sold, directly to the retailers, 100,000 ceiling fans with the SQL Technology embedded into the product. Our management team determined that it could improve its gross margins if it were to market light fixtures and ceiling fans with its plug technology already installed on fixtures instead of marketing the SQL Technology as an add-on device.  During the first quarter of 2010, the Company’s management took the first of several steps toward implementing a New Business Model and discontinued marketing the SQL Technology as an add-on device; however, existing orders were honored through 2010 and 2011, resulting in revenues through 2012. 

 

Company management then took the next step in furtherance of its New Business Model and sought the endorsement of the SQL Technology from General Electric. During 2010 and 2011, GE tested the SQL Technology and in June 2011, GE and SQL Lighting & Fans, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company, entered into the License Agreement, a trademark licensing agreement under which SQL Lighting & Fans, LLC was licensed to use the GE monogram logo on its devices and certain other trademarks on its ceiling fans and light fixtures through December 31, 2017.  The License Agreement requires the Company to pay a percent of revenue generated on our products using the GE monogram logo as a license fee, including a minimum license fee payment during the term. The License Agreement was amended in April 2013 to extend its term through December 31, 2017 and to revise the required minimum license fees, and in July 2014 to remove minimum license fees for 2014. The License Agreement was further amended in August 2014 to (i) establish the Contract Year as beginning on December 1 and ending on November 31, (ii) extend the term through November 30, 2018, (iii) provide that no royalties were due for the period prior to 2013, (iv) provide that royalties of $400,000 were due for the period from January 1, 2013 through November 30, 2013, and (v) set forth a new royalty calculation beginning December 1, 2013 and continuing through the term of the License Agreement. The current License Agreement provides that royalties due to GE will be tiered, based on a declining percentage of net sales in each Contract Year, paid quarterly, as follows:

 

Net Sales in Contract Year   Royalty as a Percentage of Net Sales
$0 - $50,000,000     7 %
$50,000,001 - $100,000,000     6 %
$100,000,001+     5 %
         

 

Net Sales Made     Quarterly Payment Due Date  
December 1 through February 28/29     26-Mar  
March 1 through May 30     26-Jun  
June 1 through August 31     26-Sep  
September 1 through November 30     26-Dec  

 

The Company is obligated to pay to GE a royalty minimum of $12,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of the License Agreement. If, at the end of the term of the License Agreement, the total of all royalty payments paid pursuant to the License Agreement does not total $12,000,000, the Company must pay to GE the difference between $12,000,000 and the amount of royalties actually paid to GE through the end of the term of the License Agreement.

 

The License Agreement enables the Company to market ceiling fans and light fixtures with the SQL Technology using the GE logo. The License Agreement imposes certain manufacturing and quality control conditions that we must maintain. In addition to marketing ceiling fans and light fixtures under the GE logo and trademarks, the Company has the right to offer private label ceiling fans and light fixtures with its technology installed to retailers that market private label products.

Table of Contents 44  
 

In furtherance of its New Business Model, the Company sought to establish trade distribution channels with key retailers. In July 2012, the Company entered into a sales and marketing agreement with Design Solutions International, Inc., a privately held, lighting industry design and marketing firm (the “DSI Agreement”). Founded in 2001, DSI is headquartered in Fort Lauderdale, Florida and maintains a 22-person production quality control and development office in the Guangdong province of China. DSI was founded in 2001 by two lighting professionals with over 25-years lighting product sales experience each with Catalina Lighting, Zellers, Dana Lighting and Lite Factory, among others. DSI sells light fixtures to large retail organization such as Walmart, Costco, The Home Depot, BJ’s Wholesale Club, Sam’s Club and others throughout North America. Under the terms of the DSI Agreement, DSI will serve as the Company’s exclusive sales representative for all its products and goods in the United States and Canada. For its services, DSI will receive a commission based on net sales.

 

On November 6, 2012, Safety Quick Light LLC was converted into Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. at which time all tangible and intangible assets and liabilities were transferred to the surviving company. In January 2014, the Company moved into its headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia and in November 2014 it relocated to its current headquarters in Alpharetta, Georgia. The Company’s operations currently consist of a corporate management team operating in the Alpharetta, Georgia offices.

 

The Company’s New Business Model entails the use of third party manufactures to produce the SQL Technology and the ceiling fans and light fixtures in which SQL Technology is imbedded. The manufacturers currently used by the Company are located in Guangdong province of China and, as required by the Licensing Agreement with GE, must be approved by GE to ensure quality standards are met. To further ensure that quality specifications are maintained, the Company maintains an office in the Guangdong province staffed with GE trained auditors who will regularly inspect its products produced by the third party manufacturer.

 

In November 2013 and in May and June 2014, the Company obtained the capital resources necessary to implement its New Business Model through the Notes Offering. See “Convertible Notes Offering” beginning on page 20 of this prospectus.

 

During 2014, the Company experienced unanticipated delays in the facility approval process noted above, which delayed sample availability and thus, sales activity. Accordingly, the Company has enhanced its New Business Model to include an additional, parallel revenue path. This enhancement provides for the design and manufacture of a smaller, less customized, and more unique product line which incorporates the GE branding and the SQL Technology. The Company believes this shorter product line will have greater trade and consumer appeal in a significantly less competitive market segment. Further, the shorter product line will help the Company build awareness of the GE market entry and the SQL Technology.

 

Through 2014, we worked on the final steps to implement our New Business Model. The Company has obtained the necessary qualification and approval of the third party manufacturer’s facilities. The Company and DSI have also been actively presenting the Company’s product lines to key retailers during 2014. The Company continues to develop renderings and samples of new ceiling fan and light fixture designs with the SQL Technology embedded in the product for sale to retailers. The new items are being presented to the retailers as GE-branded fans and lighting, and the retailers are currently reviewing these new fan designs for inclusion into their upcoming programs. The Company is actively marketing and selling the SQL Technology via its New Business Model in 2015.

 

After our year ended December 31, 2014, we shipped our first products and recorded our first sales under the New Business Model. The sales were to a large retail operation and consisted of ceiling fans with the GE brand. These fans did not contain the SQL Technology, however it represented a significant milestone in the development of customer relationships with large retailers.

 

In February 2015, we received an updated Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Listing for the SQL Technology. This listing will expand the type of products that we will be able to use with the SQL Technology. This listing expanded the voltage and amperage that our product is rated for and will allow for additional fixtures, such as heating elements to be incorporated into our ceiling fans.

Table of Contents 45  
 

Intellectual Property

 

We have developed a proprietary technology, the SQL Technology, that we believe provides us with a competitive advantage in the lighting and ceiling fan fixture marketplace. We protect the SQL Technology through the use of an intellectual property protection strategy that is focused on patent protection. As of March 31, 2015, we have three issued U.S. patents relating to our quick connect device for electrical fixtures. We also have patents in China (two issued patents) and India (one issued patent and one pending patent application), which protect different aspects of the same SQL Technology as the three issued U.S. patents. The Company sought intellectual property protection of its SQL Technology in China due to its current manufacturing operations and prospective sales in China’s market, and sought protection in India in anticipation of future growth into India’s developing market, both with respect to the sales of SQL Technology and potential operations of the Company. We intend to maintain this intellectual property protection for the SQL Technology.

 

The issued patents are directed to various aspects of our plug and socket combination that comprise the quick connect device. The issued patents provide patent protection for our quick connect device, regardless of the electrical fixture used with the quick connect device. As further innovations are developed, we intend to seek additional patent protection to enhance our competitive advantage.

 

Competition

 

We currently face competition from traditional lighting technologies. There are numerous traditional light manufacturing companies, worldwide, many of which are significantly larger than us. Traditional lighting technologies have the advantage of a long history of market acceptance and developed relationships with retailers and distributors. We will actively seek to educate our target markets as to the advantages of our technology compared to traditional installation methods and believe the achievement of this objective is critical to our future. Although our technology is proprietary and patent protected, there can be no assurance that a large conventional lighting company will not invent a competing technology that offers similar installation efficiencies and enter the market and utilize its resources to capture significant market share and adversely affect our operating results.

 

We believe our products with the SQL Technology can effectively compete against traditional lighting in the areas of installation, maintenance and safety. The SQL Technology offers the advantage of ease of installation and replacement. This feature is superior to other lighting systems, which can require the service of professional electricians to install and remove. Once SQL’s socket is correctly installed in a ceiling or wall electrical junction box, there is no exposure to live electrical wires resulting in an additional advantage in the area of safety. Furthermore, the installation of our socket, which weighs approximately four (4) ounces, requires significantly less work and exertion compared to traditional ceiling light or fan fixtures, which ordinarily weigh in excess of ten (10) pounds and can weigh hundreds of pounds. There can be no assurance, however, that the current competitors directly involved in this industry or a new competitor will not develop processes or technology which will allow them to decrease their costs, and consequently, erode our price advantage.

 

The primary vendors of ceiling lighting and fans include the following: 

List of Competitors for Lighting

 

Progress Lighting

Minka Lavery

Quiozel

Bel-Air Lighting

Lowes Portfolio Brand

Home Depot Hampton Bay Brand

Catalina Lighting

Eurofase

Eglo

Generation Brands

Murray Feiss

Kichler

List of Competitors for Fans

 

Litex Ceiling Fans

Hunter Fans

Lowes Harbor Breeze

Home Depot Hampton Bay Brand

Casablanca Fans

Minka-Aire Fans

Monte Carlo Fans

Kichler Fans

Westinghouse

Table of Contents 46  
 

Competitive Position

 

There is significant competition in the ceiling lighting and fan market place, though we believe we have a competitive advantage due to the strength of our SQL Technology. This competitive advantage extends to customers both in the residential as well as the commercial markets. The SQL Technology is patented or trademarked in the United States of America, Canada, Mexico, Hong Kong, China, and Australia. The Company faces competitive forces from traditional approaches towards ceiling lighting and fans installations. While it is unclear whether SQL's unique technology will gain significant market penetration, the Company believes that its safety and installation efficiency features will gain market acceptance since it significantly reduces the time necessary to install such fixtures and, after a one-time installation of the socket component, eliminates further exposure to electrical wires when used in conjunction with fixtures in which the plug is installed.

 

To further bolster the Company’s competitive position, it has engaged the support of DSI, a lighting design and marketing firm whose existing customer base includes Walmart, Costco, The Home Depot, BJ’s Wholesale Club, Sam’s Club and others major retailers throughout North America. DSI’s management boasts an average of 25-years’ experience in the lighting industry with leading manufacturers such as Catalina Lighting, Zellers, Dana Lighting and Lite Factory among others. DSI will provide sales and marketing support in North America and sourcing and production management support in China. In addition to DSI’s sales and marketing support, the Company’s products will also be sold through GE’s lighting sales group as a condition of the Licensing Agreement. The Company believes the combination of DSI and GE sales support will enable it to effectively competitive in the ceiling lighting and fan market.

 

Seasonality

 

Retailers purchase ceiling fans for early spring and summer sales. As a result we will sell more of that product in the October through February time period. Our lighting products do not lend themselves to seasonal purchases. During periods of economic expansion or contraction our sales by quarter may vary significantly from this seasonal pattern.

 

Government and Environmental Regulation

 

Our facilities and operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and human health and safety. Some of these laws and regulations may impose strict, joint and several liabilities on certain persons for the cost of investigation or remediation of contaminated properties. These persons may include former, current or future owners or operators of properties and persons who arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances. Our leased real property may give rise to such investigation, remediation and monitoring liabilities under environmental laws. In addition, anyone disposing of certain products we distribute, such fluorescent lighting, must comply with environmental laws that regulate certain materials in these products.

 

We believe that we are in compliance, in all material respects, with applicable environmental laws. As a result, we do not anticipate making significant capital expenditures for environmental control matters either in the current year or in the near future.

 

Employees

 

As of March 31, 2015, we had three full time employees in the United States of America and three full time employees in the Peoples Republic of China. We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider our relations with our employees to be good.

 

In addition to these salaried employees, the Company’s non-executive Chairman of the Board, Rani Kohen, serves as a paid consultant to the Company on operational activities. Mr. Kohen is the founder of Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and previously served as our Chief Executive Officer.

 

Table of Contents 47  
 

Our Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 4400 North Point Parkway, Suite 154, Alpharetta, Georgia, 30022 and our telephone number is (770)754-4711. Our web address is http://www.safetyquicklight.com.

 

Available Information

 

Copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and other documents that we will file with or furnish to the SEC will be available free of charge by sending a written request to our Chief Executive Officer at our corporate headquarters.  Additionally, the documents we file with the SEC is or will be available free of charge at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington D.C. 20549. Other information on the operation of the Public Reference Room is or will be available by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330. 

 

PROPERTIES

 

Our corporate offices are located at 4400 North Point Parkway, Suite 154, Alpharetta, Georgia. The monthly rent related to our lease is $957 per month, subject to increases in subsequent years. The Company had previously rented office space located at One Buckhead Plaza, 3060 Peachtree Road, Suite 390, Atlanta, Georgia 30305. The Company is currently subleasing this space through March 31, 2017. We do not own any property or land. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that, if required, we will be able to locate suitable new office space and obtain a suitable replacement for our executive and administrative headquarters

  

LITIGATION

 

We are not party, nor is our property subject, to any material pending legal proceedings.

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following is a list of our directors and executive officers.  All directors serve one-year terms or until each of their successors are duly qualified and elected.  The officers are elected by our Board.

Name   Age   Position
Mr. John P. Campi   70   Chief Executive Officer
Mr. Rani Kohen   49   Director, Chairman
Mr. Phillips Peter   83   Director
Mr. Thomas Ridge   69   Director
Mr. Dov Shiff   67   Director

 

John P. Campi has served as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer since November 2014. Mr. Campi founded Genesis Management, LLC in 2009, and retired in 2014 upon accepting the role of Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Campi has extensive experience in the field of cost management, is recognized as a Founder of the strategic cost-management discipline known as Activity-Based Cost Management, and is generally recognized as a national leader in the field of supply chain management. From December 2007 to December 2008, Mr. Campi served as the Chief Procurement Officer and an Executive Vice President for Chrysler LLC, where he was responsible for all worldwide purchasing and supplier quality activities. From September 2003 to January 2007, Mr. Campi served as the Senior Vice President of Sourcing and Vendor Management for The Home Depot, where he led the drive for standardization and optimization of The Home Depot Global Supply Chain. From April 2002 to September 2003, Mr. Campi served as the Chief Procurement Officer and Vice President for Du Pont Global Sourcing and Logistics. Prior to 2002, Mr. Campi led the Global Sourcing activities for GE Power Energy, and held a variety of positions with Federal Mogul, Parker Hannifin Corporation and Price Waterhouse Coopers. Mr. Campi also serves as a Trustee of Case Western Reserve University, has served as a Member of the Advisory Board of Directors for three startup companies, and has served as a Member of the Financial Executives Institute and the Institute of Management Accountants. Mr. Campi received his MBA from Case Western Reserve University. Our Board believes Mr. Campi’s qualifications to serve as our Chief Executive Officer include his extensive executive and advisory experience with established and startup companies, his expertise in cost-management, and his qualifications in the field of supply chain management.

Table of Contents 48  
 

Rani Kohen has served as a Chairman of the Board since November 2012. Mr. Kohen founded the Company and began development of the Company’s power plug technology in 2004. Mr. Kohen served as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer until December 2012. Mr. Kohen has over twenty-five years in the retail lighting industry. He opened his first retail lighting showroom in 1988 in Israel, and built the business into the largest chain of retail lighting showrooms in the country. Our Board believes Mr. Kohen’s qualifications to serve as Chairman of our Board include his deep understanding of the Company’s business and products, his years of experience in the retail lighting industry, and his past experience as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

Governor Thomas J. Ridge has served as a director since June 2013. In 2013, Mr. Ridge co-founded Ridge Schmidt Cyber, an executive services firm addressing the increasing demands of cyber security. In April 2010, Mr. Ridge became a partner in Ridge Policy Group, a bi-partisan, full-service government affairs and issue management group. Mr. Ridge has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Ridge Global, LLC, a global strategic consulting company, since July 2006. From January 2003 to January 2005, Mr. Ridge served as the Secretary of the United States Department of Homeland Security, and from 2001 through January 2003, Mr. Ridge served as the Special Assistant to the President for Homeland Security. Mr. Ridge served two terms as Governor of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania from 1995 to 2001, and served as a member of the U.S. House of Representatives from 1983 through 1995. Mr. Ridge currently serves as a member of the board of two public companies, The Hershey Company and Lifelock, and has previously served on he board of five other public companies. Mr. Ridge is Chairman of the Board of the National Organization on Disability, and serves as a board member on the Board of Public Finance Management, the Institute for Defense Analysis, the Center for the Study of the Presidency, and the Oak Ridge National Lab. Our Board believes Mr. Ridge’s qualifications to serve as a member of our Board include his vast experience in both government and industry, his service on other public and private company boards, and his expertise in retail, risk management, and cyber security.

 

Phillips Peter has served as a director since November 2012. Since December 2014, Mr. Peter has served as a Senior Vice President of Ridge Global. From 1994 to 2014, Mr. Peter practiced law at Reed Smith LLP where he focused his practice on legislative and regulatory matters before Congress, the executive branch of the federal government, and other administrative agencies. Prior to this, Mr. Peter was an officer at General Electric Company, where he held executive positions from 1973 to 1994. He is also a veteran of the U.S. Army. Our Board believes Mr. Peter’s qualifications to serve as a member of our Board include his role as a past advisor to the Company, his extensive experience in regulatory affairs, his past industry experience, and his demonstrated leadership ability.

 

Dov Shiff has served as a director since February 2014. Mr. Shiff is presently President and Chief Executive Officer of the Shiff Group of Companies. The Shiff Group owns and operates hotels and other real estate in Israel, including Hayozem Resorts & Hotels Ltd., Marina Hotel Tel Aviv Ltd. and Zvidan Investments Ltd. Our Board believes Mr. Shiff’s qualifications to serve as a member of our Board include his role as a past advisor to the Company and his history of success developing and operating new businesses.

 

Board Structure

 

We have chosen to separate the Chief Executive Officer and Board Chairman positions.  We believe that this Board leadership structure is the most appropriate for the Company.  Our chairman, the founder of the Company, provides us with significant experience in research and development. Our Chief Executive Officer who is responsible for day to day operations who brings significant experience to the Company

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

We presently do not have an audit committee, nominating committee, compensation committee, or other committee or committees performing similar functions, as our management believes that until this point it has been premature at the early stage of our management and business development to form an audit, compensation or other committees.

  

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships among the directors and executive officers.

Table of Contents 49  
 

Involvement in Legal Proceedings

 

We know of no pending proceedings to which any director, member of senior management, or affiliate is either a party adverse to us, or our subsidiaries, or has a material interest adverse to us or our subsidiaries.

 

None of our executive officers or directors have (i) been involved in any bankruptcy proceedings within the last five years, (ii) been convicted in or has pending any criminal proceedings, (iii) been subject to any order, judgment or decree enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activity or (iv) been found to have violated any federal, state or provincial securities or commodities law and such finding has not been reversed, suspended or vacated.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

As a “smaller reporting company,” we have elected to follow scaled disclosure requirements for smaller reporting companies . Under the scaled disclosure obligations, we are not required to provide Compensation Discussion and Analysis and certain other tabular and narrative disclosures relating to executive compensation. Nor are we required to quantify payments due to the named executives upon termination of employment. Management believes that the scaled disclosure for the Company’s executive compensation policy and practices is appropriate because we will be a small publicly-traded company, have only one named executive and have a relatively simple compensation policy and structure that has not changed in the last fiscal year.

 

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Years 2013 and 2014

 

The following information is related to the compensation paid, distributed or accrued by us for the last two fiscal years to our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer).  No employee received compensation in excess of $100,000 in the past two fiscal years.

 

Name &
Principal
Position
  Year   Salary
$
  Bonus
$
  Stock
Awards
$
  Option
Awards (1)
$
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
$
  Non-Qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
$
  All Other
Compensation
$
  Total
$
John P. Campi Chief     2013       —         —         —         —         —           —      

Executive Office (1)  

    2014     $11,769       —         —         —         —           —       $11,769
                                                                 
James R. Hills,
former Chief
    2013       —         —       $ 125,000       —         —           —       $125,000
Executive Officer (2)     2014     $ 155,308       —       $62,500       —         —         $11,077     $228,885

 

Table of Contents 50  
 

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2014 Fiscal Year End

 

  Option Awards Stock Awards
Name   Number of
Securities
underlying
unexercised
options
exercisable
  Number of
Securities
underlying
unexercised
options
not exercisable
  Option
exercise or
base price per share
  Option
Expiration Date
  Number of
Shares or
Units of Stock Not Vested
 

Market Value

of Shares or Units Not Vested

 

Equity Incentive Plan Awards:

Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights Not Vested

  Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights Not Vested
John P. Campi
Chief Executive Officer (1)
    —         —         —         —         750,000     $ 187,500       —         —    
                                                                 

James R. Hills,

former Chief Executive Officer (2)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

 

 

 

(1) Pursuant an employment agreement dated November 21, 2014, Mr. Campi receives a gross annual salary of $102,000 per year. Mr. Campi also received 750,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, whereby 250,000 shares will vest after six months of employment, or May 20, 2015, and 500,000 shares will vest on December 31, 2015.

 

(2) James R. Hills resigned from his position as Chief Executive Officer on November 21, 2014. Pursuant to a mutual agreement and release between Mr. Hills and the Company, Mr. Hills received 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock upon his resignation, and released the Company of any obligations concerning future issuances of shares of the Company’s common stock under his employment agreement.

 

Employment Agreements

 

Effective November 21, 2014, by mutual agreement of James R. Hills and the Company, that certain Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated March 26, 2014, was terminated without cause or reason and Mr. Hills withdrew from his position as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The Company and Mr. Hills entered into an Agreement and Mutual Release and Waiver dated November 21, 2014 (the “Hills Agreement”) providing for, among other things, the mutual extinguishment of any obligations and the release of any claims existing as of the date of the Hills Agreement. Subject to other customary terms and conditions of such agreements, the Hills Agreement provides that Mr. Hills shall receive (i) all accrued salary, incentive compensation, benefits and reimbursements due to him as of the effective date of the Hills Agreement; (ii) the right to retain the 500,000 shares of common stock of the Company previously granted to him and the 250,000 shares of common stock of the Company scheduled to vest on December 31, 2014; and (iii) one half of one percent (0.50%) of gross revenue generated solely from orders placed by Home Depot for a period of thirty-six (36) months.

 

On November 21, 2014, the Company entered into an Executive Employment Agreement (the “CEO Agreement”) with Mr. Campi to serve as its Chief Executive Officer. The CEO Agreement provides that Mr. Campi will serve for an initial term ending December 31, 2015 (the “Initial Term”), which may be renewed by the mutual agreement of Mr. Campi and the Company within 30 days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term.

 

Table of Contents 51  
 

Subject to other customary terms and conditions of such agreements, the CEO Agreement provides that Mr. Campi will receive a base salary of $102,000 per year, which may be adjusted each year at the discretion of the Company’s Board. As further consideration, the CEO Agreement includes a sign-on bonus of 750,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, with 250,000 shares vesting after the first six months of employment and the remaining 500,000 shares vesting at the end of the Initial Term. The CEO Agreement also includes incentive compensation equal to (i) one half of one percent (0.5%) of the first $20,000,000 of the Company’s annual gross revenue plus one quarter of one percent (0.25%) of the Company’s annual gross revenue above $20,000,000; (ii) three percent (3%) of the Company’s annual net income; and (iii) five (5) year options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock equal to one half of one percent (0.5%) of the Company’s quarterly net income, with a strike price to be determined at the time such options are granted.

 

Pursuant to the CEO Agreement, if terminated without cause during the Initial Term, Mr. Campi will be entitled to receive six months unpaid salary and incentive compensation equal to a total of 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, vested upon termination, and any other incentive compensation then due, paid pro rata. If terminated without cause after the Initial Term, Mr. Campi will be entitled to receive half of his then applicable annual base salary. Under the CEO Agreement, termination for cause includes (i) acts of fraud, embezzlement, theft or neglect of or refusal to perform the duties of our Chief Executive Officer, provided that such refusal or neglect is materially injurious to our financial condition or our reputation; (ii) a material violation of the CEO Agreement left uncured for more than 30 days; or (iii) Mr. Campi’s death, disability or incapacity.

 

Consulting Agreements

 

On November 25, 2013, we entered into a Consulting Agreement with our founder and the Chairman or our Board, Rani Kohen (the “Consulting Agreement”). The term of the Consulting Agreement is for three (3) years, beginning on December 1, 2013. Subject to the customary terms and conditions of such agreements, the Consulting Agreement provides that Mr. Kohen will receive an annual consulting fee of $150,000, which may be increased each year at our Board’s discretion. As further consideration, the Consulting Agreement includes incentive compensation in the form cash, stock and/or options (i) equal to one-half a percent (0.5%) of our annual gross revenue; and (ii) to be determined by our Board on a project-by-project basis.

 

Pursuant to the Consulting Agreement, if terminated by our Board without cause, Mr. Kohen will be entitled to receive all unpaid salary due through the term of the Consulting Agreement, and any incentive compensation or other bonus compensation then due. If otherwise terminated by the Board, Mr. Kohen will be entitled to only receive 50% of the unpaid applicable annual consulting fee. Under the Consulting Agreement, termination for cause includes (i) an act of fraud, embezzlement, or theft; (ii) a material violation of the Consulting Agreement left uncured for more than 30 days; or (iii) Mr. Kohen’s death, disability or incapacity.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

We currently do not have an equity compensation plan.

 

Director Compensation

 

We do not pay cash compensation to our directors for service on our Board and our employees do not receive compensation for serving as members of our Board.  Directors are reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings and carrying out duties as board members.  However, Messrs. Peter and Ridge each received options on September 3, 2013, which expire five (5) years from the grant date, to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.375 as compensation for past services on our Board.

Table of Contents 52  
 

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

 

Our bylaws provide that we shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, our officers, directors, employees and agents against expenses incurred in connection with actions or proceedings brought against them by reason of their serving or having served as officers, directors, employees, agents or in other capacities.

 

We currently maintain director’s and officer’s liability insurance through AON Risk Solutions from AIG.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors and officers pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

Table of Contents 53  
 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of common stock by: (i) each director, (ii) each of the executive officers of the Company, (iii) all current directors and executive officers as a group, and (iv) each stockholder known to the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, all information set forth in the table is as of March 31, 2015. The addresses for the greater than 5% stockholders are set forth in the footnotes to this table.

 

Directors and Named Executive Officers

Title of Class   Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership (1)   Percent of Class (1)
             
Common Stock   Mr. Rani Kohen
KRNB Holdings LLC 
3245 Peachtree Parkway 
Suwanee, GA 30024 (2)
    8,003,969       22.39 %
                     
Common Stock   Mr. Phillips Peter 
1140 Connecticut Avenue, NW
Suite 510
Washington, D.C. 20036 (3)
    300,000       *  
                     
Common Stock   Mr. Thomas Ridge 
1140 Connecticut Avenue, NW
Suite 510 
Washington, D.C. 20036 (4)
    1,225,000       3.39 %
                     
Common Stock   Mr. Dov Shiff 
167 Hayarkon Street 
Tel Aviv 31032 Israel (5)
    13,249,598       33.09 %
                     
Common Stock   John P. Campi (12)
4400 North Point Parkway
Suite 154
Alpharetta, GA 30022
    0       *  
                     
Common Stock   All Directors and Officers as a Group (5 persons)     22,778,567       56.26 %

Table of Contents 54  
 

Stockholders with 5% Beneficial Ownership

 

Title of Class   Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership (1)   Percent of Class (1)
             
Common Stock   Mr. Dov Shiff 
167 Hayarkon Street 
Tel Aviv 31032 Israel (5)
    13,249,598       33.09 %
                     
Common Stock   KRNB Holdings LLC 
3245 Peachtree Parkway 
Suwanee, GA 30024 (2)
    8,003,969       22.39 %
                     
Common Stock   Motek 7 SQL LLC
19101 Mystic Pointe Drive
Apt. 2808
Aventura, FL 33180 (6)
    7,771,566       21.74 %
                     
Common Stock   David S. Nagelberg 2003 Revocable Trust DTD 7/2/03
99 Coast Boulevard, Unit 21 DE
LaJolla, CA 92037 (7)
    3,300,000       8.45 %
                     
Common Stock   Mr. James R. Hills
675 West Paces Ferry Rd NW, Unit #4
Atlanta, GA 30327 (8)
    2,704,901       7.22 %
                     
Common Stock   Dutchess Opportunity Fund II LP
50 Commonwealth Avenue, Suite 2
Boston, MA 02116 (9)
    2,400,000       6.53 %
                     
Common Stock   Harry Mittelman Rev. Living Trust
12100 Kate Drive
Los Altos Hills, CA 94022 (10)
    2,310,000       6.07 %
                     
Common Stock   XLR-8 (Delaware) LLC 
3060 Peachtree Road NW, Suite 380
Atlanta, GA 30305 (11)
    2,150,000       5.67 %

* Less than 1%

 

Table of Contents 55  
 

(1) Applicable percentages are based on 35,750,000 shares outstanding, adjusted as required by rules of the SEC. Beneficial ownership is determined under the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Shares of common stock subject to options, warrants and convertible notes currently exercisable or convertible, or exercisable or convertible within 60 days are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such securities but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, the Company believes that each of the shareholders named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of common stock indicated as beneficially owned by them.
(2) Mr. Rani Kohen has beneficial ownership over these shares as Manager of KRNB Holdings LLC. Pursuant to the terms of a Lock-Up and Leak Out Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2013, by and between the Company and Mr. Rani Kohen, Mr. Rani Kohen has agreed to lock up all 8,003,969 of KRNB Holdings LLC’s shares of common stock for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the effectiveness of the agreement, ending November 14, 2015, and pursuant to the terms thereof. However, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and until the end of the lock-up period, KRNB Holdings LLC may sell shares of its common stock of the Company if the price per share is not less than $0.25 per share; provided, however, that if the price per share is between $0.25 and $0.50, $0.51 and $1.00, or $1.01 and $2.00, KRNB Holdings LLC may only sell shares of common stock in an aggregate amount up to 2%, 3% or 4% of the weekly volume of our common stock, respectively, rounded up to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.
(3) Mr. Phillips Peter beneficially owns 300,000 shares of our common stock, including (i) 200,000 shares of common stock owned prior to the Notes Offering and (ii) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Phillips Peter.
(4) Mr. Thomas Ridge beneficially owns 1,225,000 shares of our common stock, including (i) 875,000 shares of common stock owned prior to the Notes Offering, (ii) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Thomas Ridge, (iii) 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (iv) 200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(5) Mr. Dov Shiff beneficially owns 13,249,598 shares of common stock, including (i) 8,959,598 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Shiff, (ii) 1,690,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (iii) 2,600,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering. Pursuant to the terms of a Lock-Up and Leak Out Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2013, by and between the Company and Mr. Dov Shiff, Mr. Shiff has agreed to lock up 8,959,598 of his shares of common stock for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the effectiveness of the agreement, ending November 12, 2015, and pursuant to the terms thereof. However, as of October 1, 2014 and until the end of the lock-up period, Mr. Shiff may sell shares of his common stock of the Company if the price per share is not less than $0.25 per share; provided, however, that if the price per share is between $0.25 and $0.50, $0.51 and $1.00, or $1.01 and $2.00, Mr. Shiff may only sell shares of common stock in an aggregate amount up to 4%, 6% or 8% of the weekly volume of our common stock, respectively, rounded up to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.
(6) Pursuant to the terms of a Lock-Up and Leak Out Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2013, by and between the Company and Motek 7 SQL LLC, Motek 7 SQL LLC has agreed to lock up all 7,771,566 of its shares of common stock for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the effectiveness of the agreement, ending November 12, 2015, and pursuant to the terms thereof. However, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and until the end of the lock-up period, Motek 7 SQL LLC may sell shares of its common stock of the Company if the price per share is not less than $0.25 per share; provided, however, that if the price per share is between $0.25 and $0.50, $0.51 and $1.00, or $1.01 and $2.00, Motek 7 SQL LLC may only sell shares of common stock in an aggregate amount up to 1%, 1.5% or 2% of the weekly volume of our common stock, respectively, rounded up to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.
(7) The David S. Nagelberg 2003 Revocable Trust DTD 7/2/03 beneficially owns 3,300,000 shares of common stock, including (i) 1,300,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 2,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
Table of Contents 56  
 
(8) Mr. James R. Hills beneficially owns 2,704,901 shares of common stock, including (i) 730,818 shares of common stock issued prior to the Notes Offering, (ii) 74,083 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of certain warrants owned by Mr. James R. Hills, (iii) 650,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering, (iv) 1,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering, and (v) 250,000 shares of common stock issued pursuant to the Hills Agreement and after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.
(9) Dutchess Opportunity Fund II LP beneficially owns 2,400,000 shares of our common stock, including (i) 1,400,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (iii) 800,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering. Pursuant to the terms of a Lock-Up and Leak Out Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2013, by and between the Company and Dutchess Opportunity Fund II LP, Dutchess Opportunity Fund II LP has agreed to lock up 1,400,000 of its shares of common stock for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the effectiveness of the agreement, ending November 11, 2015, and pursuant to the terms thereof. However, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and until the end of the lock-up period, Dutchess Opportunity Fund II LP may sell shares of its common stock of the Company if the price per share is not less than $0.25 per share; provided, however, that if the price per share is between $0.25 and $0.50, $0.51 and $1.00, or $1.01 and $2.00, Dutchess Opportunity Fund II LP may only sell shares of common stock in an aggregate amount up to 2%, 3% or 4% of the weekly volume of our common stock, respectively, rounded up to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.
(10) The Harry Mittelman Revocable Living Trust beneficially owns 2,310,000 shares of common stock, including (i) 910,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 1,400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(11) XLR-8 (Delaware) LLC beneficially owns 2,150,000 shares of common stock, including (i) 750,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants issued pursuant to the Notes Offering and (ii) 1,400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes issued pursuant to the Notes Offering.
(12) Pursuant to the CEO Agreement, Mr. John P. Campi is entitled to receive up to 750,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, whereby 250,000 shares will vest on May 20, 2015 and 500,000 shares will vest on December 31, 2015

 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

We are currently party to a consulting agreement with Mr. Rani Kohen, Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors, pursuant to which we are required to pay cash compensation in the amount of $150,000 per year.

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

We are authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value.

 

Common Stock

 

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors. The holders of common stock are entitled to any dividends that may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available for payment of dividends subject to the prior rights of holders of preferred stock and any contractual restrictions we have against the payment of dividends on common stock. In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive rights and have no right to convert their common stock into any other securities.

 

Table of Contents 57  
 

Registration Rights

 

On November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014, we entered into the Registration Rights Agreements. The Registration Rights Agreements required us to file, within sixty (60) days following execution of the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and to have a registration statement declared effective by the SEC within ninety (90) days thereafter. The Registration Statement, of which this prospectus amends and forms a part, was filed to satisfy our obligation under the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Because we were unable to file the Registration Statement pursuant to terms of each Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 26, 2013 and May 8, 2014, we were in default under such Registration Rights Agreements for the Notes sold in November 2013 and May 2014 until we filed the Registration Statement on August 1, 2014. In addition, because we were unable to have the Registration Statement declared effect pursuant to terms of each Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 26, 2013 and May 8, 2014, we were in default under such Registration Rights Agreements for the Notes sold in November 2013 and May 2014 until the Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC on October 22, 2014.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

In connection with the Notes Offering, certain of our shareholders agreed to lock-up their respective shares, or a portion thereof, for a period of twenty-four (24) months beginning on the date the agreement is effective, pursuant to the terms of a Lock-Up and Leak-Out Agreement (the “Lock-Up Agreement”). Pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement, upon the earlier of a date specified that is approximately one-year from signing the Lock Up Agreement or the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, of which this prospectus amends and forms a part, and until the end of the twenty-four (24) month period (the “Restricted Sale Period”), shareholders may begin selling a percentage of our common stock held by such shareholder in an aggregate amount equal to a specified percentage of the total weekly volume of our common stock, based on the price of our common stock in the open market at the time of sale. If, during the Restricted Sale Period, the price per share of our common stock is less than $0.25, the shareholders may not sell any common stock. If, during the Restricted Sale Period, the price per share of our common stock is between $0.25 and $0.50, $0.51 and $1.00, or $1.01 and $2.00, then the shareholders can sell up to a specified aggregate amount equal to a specified percentage of the total weekly volume of our common stock. If, during the Restricted Sale Period, the price per share of our common stock is greater than $2.00, there is no restriction on the number of shares eligible for sale. Any aggregate amount of common stock eligible for sale during the Restricted Sale Period will be rounded up to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

 

The percentages of the total weekly volume of our common stock are specific to each Lock-Up Agreement, which are set forth the Selling Shareholders table and Principal Shareholders table on pages 23 and 54 of this prospectus, respectively.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions – Florida Law

 

Unless a corporation opts out, the Florida Business Corporation Act (FBCA) prohibits the voting of shares in a publicly-held Florida corporation that are acquired in a “control share acquisition” unless the holders of a majority of the corporation’s voting shares (exclusive of shares held by officers of the corporation, inside directors, or the acquiring party) approve the granting of voting rights as to the shares acquired in the control share acquisition. A “control share acquisition” is defined in the FBCA as an acquisition that immediately thereafter entitles the acquiring party to vote in the election of directors within any of the following ranges of voting power: one-fifth or more but less than one-third of all voting power, one-third or more but less than a majority of all voting power, and a majority or more of all voting power. However, an acquisition of a publicly-held Florida corporation’s shares is not deemed to be a control-share acquisition if it is either (i) approved by such corporation’s board of directors before the acquisition, or (ii) made pursuant to a merger agreement to which such Florida corporation is a party. Our articles of incorporation include a provision which opts us out of the “control share acquisition” statute under the FBCA.

 

Dividends

 

We have not paid dividends on our common stock since inception and do not plan to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

Table of Contents 58  
 

Transfer Agent

 

Pacific Stock Transfer is acting as our transfer agent.  The address information for Pacific Stock Transfer is 4045 South Spencer Street, Suite 403, Las Vegas, NV 89119, the phone number is (702) 361-3033 and the facsimile is (702) 433-1979.

 

Share Eligible for Future Sale

 

We are registering 63,485,919 shares of common stock, of which 35,500,000 shares are issued and outstanding. The number of shares of common stock registered hereunder does not include 250,000 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding after the date this Registration Statement was first declared effective.

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Our common stock is currently not quoted on any market. No market may ever develop for our common stock, or if developed, may not be sustained in the future. Accordingly, our shares should be considered totally illiquid, which inhibits investors’ ability to resell their shares.

 

Selling shareholders are offering up to 63,485,919 shares of common stock. The selling shareholders may offer their shares at $0.25 per share until our shares are reported on the OTCBB or quoted on an exchange, if any, and thereafter at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices. We will not receive proceeds from the sale of shares from the selling security holders.

 

The securities offered by this prospectus will be sold by the selling shareholders from time to time, in one or more transactions. The distribution of the securities by the selling shareholders may be effected in one or more transactions that may take place in the over-the-counter market, including broker's transactions or privately negotiated transactions.

 

The selling shareholders may pledge all or a portion of the securities owned as collateral for margin accounts or in loan transactions, and the securities may be resold pursuant to the terms of such pledges, margin accounts or loan transactions. Upon default by such selling shareholders, the pledge in such loan transaction would have the same rights of sale as the selling shareholders under this prospectus. The selling shareholders may also enter into exchange traded listed option transactions, which require the delivery of the securities listed under this prospectus. After our securities are qualified for quotation on the over the counter bulletin board, the selling shareholders may also transfer securities owned in other ways not involving market makers or established trading markets, including directly by gift, distribution, or other transfer without consideration, and upon any such transfer the transferee would have the same rights of sale as such selling shareholders under this prospectus.

 

In addition to the above, each of the selling shareholders will be affected by the applicable provisions of the Exchange Act, including, without limitation, Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the securities by the selling shareholders or any such other person. Unless granted an exemption by the SEC from Regulation M under the Exchange Act, or unless otherwise permitted under Regulation M, the selling shareholder will not engage in any stabilization activity in connection with our common stock, will furnish each broker or dealer engaged by the selling shareholder and each other participating broker or dealer the number of copies of this prospectus required by such broker or dealer, and will not bid for or purchase any common stock of our or attempt to induce any person to purchase any of the common stock other than as permitted under the Exchange Act.

 

Following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, of which this prospectus amends and forms a part, the selling shareholders may, from time to time on a continuous basis, offer and sell their shares registered under this Registration Statement.

 

There can be no assurances that the selling shareholders will sell any or all of the securities. In various states, the securities may not be sold unless these securities have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.

 

Table of Contents 59  
 

All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of our securities. Pursuant to oral promises we made to the selling shareholders, we will pay all the fees and expenses incident to the registration of the securities.

 

Should any substantial change occur regarding the status or other matters concerning the selling shareholders or us, we will file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, of which this prospectus amends and forms a part, disclosing such matters.

 

OTCBB Considerations

 

Following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, of which this prospectus amends and forms a part, management had an application filed on our behalf by a market maker for approval of our common stock for quotation on the OTCBB. Our application has not yet been approved, and no assurance can be made that it will be approved. If it is approved, we anticipate that market makers will enter “piggyback” quotes and our securities will thereafter trade on the OTCBB.

 

The OTCBB is separate and distinct from the NASDAQ stock market. NASDAQ has no business relationship with issuers of securities quoted on the OTCBB. The SEC’s order handling rules, which apply to NASDAQ-listed securities, do not apply to securities quoted on the OTCBB.

 

Although the NASDAQ stock market has rigorous listing standards to ensure the high quality of its issuers, and can delist issuers for not meeting those standards, the OTCBB has no listing standards. Rather, it is the market maker who chooses to quote a security on the system, files the application, and is obligated to comply with keeping information about the issuer in its files. FINRA cannot deny an application by a market maker to quote the stock of a company. The only requirement for inclusion in the bulletin board is that the issuer be current in its reporting requirements with the SEC.

 

Investors must contact a broker-dealer to trade OTCBB securities. Investors do not have direct access to the bulletin board service. For bulletin board securities, there only has to be one market maker.

 

Bulletin board transactions are conducted almost entirely manually. Because there are no automated systems for negotiating trades on the bulletin board, they are conducted via telephone. In times of heavy market volume, the limitations of this process may result in a significant increase in the time it takes to execute investor orders. Therefore, when investors place market orders - an order to buy or sell a specific number of shares at the current market price - it is possible for the price of a stock to go up or down significantly during the lapse of time between placing a market order and getting execution. Because bulletin board stocks are usually not followed by analysts, there may be lower trading volume than for NASDAQ-listed securities.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Thompson Hine LLP, New York, New York.  

 

EXPERTS

 

The audited consolidated financial statements appearing in this prospectus and Registration Statement for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, have been audited by Bongiovanni & Associates, PA, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

Table of Contents 60  
 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed this Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with the SEC with respect to the shares of common stock to be sold in this Offering. This prospectus, which is part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement.  For further information with respect to us and the shares of our common stock to be sold in this Offering, we make reference to the Registration Statement.   Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the Registration Statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document. We are required to file annual, quarterly and current reports and other information with the SEC. You can read and copy any of this information at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 on official business days during the hours of 10:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. This information is also available from the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Table of Contents 61  
 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    Pages
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets – December 31, 2014 and 2013   F-3
     
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – December 31, 2014 and 2013
  F-4
   
Consolidated Statement of Stockholder’s Deficit – December 31, 2014 and 2013
  F-5
     
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – December 31, 2014 and 2013   F-8
     
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-10

 

Table of Contents F- 1  
 

 

 

7951 SW 6th St., Suite. 216

Plantation, FL 33324

Tel: 954-424-2345

Fax: 954-424-2230

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and Subsidiary

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and Subsidiary (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit, and consolidated cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of their internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by the management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has insufficient working capital, a stockholders’ deficit and recurring net losses, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding those matters also are described in Note 14. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

/s/ Bongiovanni & Associates, PA

Bongiovanni & Associates, PA

Certified Public Accountants

Plantation, Florida

The United States of America

March 31, 2015

 

www.ba.cpa.net

Table of Contents F- 2  
 

 

Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2014 and 2013
    2014   2013
Assets                
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,241,487     $ 1,132,974  
Prepaid expenses     29,641       40,000  
Other     —         —    
Total current assets     1,271,128       1,172,974  
Furniture and Equipment - net     132,609       6,046  
Other assets:                
Patent - net     46,419       24,697  
Debt issue costs – net     161,946       235,211  
GE trademark license – net     9,565,217       —    
Other assets     65,714       —    
Total other assets     9,839,296       259,908  
Total assets   $ 11,243,034     $ 1,438,928  
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders (Deficit)                
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable & accrued expenses   $ 1,041,741     $ 107,380  
Convertible debt – net of $970,150 debt discount     1,223,982       —    
Convertible debt – related parties – net of $23,001 debt discount     26,999       —    
Notes payable - third party     98,086       98,086  
Notes payable - related party     —         26,108  
Derivative liabilities     4,651,762       2,751,504  
Other current liabilities     78,622       —    
Total current liabilities     7,121,192       2,983,078  
Long term liabilities:                
Convertible debt - net of $1,582,087 debt discount     688,013       361,245  
Convertible debt - related parties - net of debt discount     —         50,000  
Notes payable     307,009       405,117  
GE royalty obligation     12,000,000       —    
Total long term liabilities     12,995,022       816,362  
Total liabilities     20,116,214       3,799,440  
                 
Stockholders' deficit:                
Preferred stock: $0 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding     —         —    
Common stock: $0 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized; 35,750,000 and 34,500,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively     127,400       126,400  
Additional paid-in capital     6,359,127       6,068,045  
Accumulated deficit     (15,324,264 )     (8,519,517 )
Total Stockholders' deficit     (8,837,737 )     (2,325,072 )
Noncontrolling interest     (35,442 )     (35,440 )
Total Deficit     (8,873,179 )     (2,360,512 )
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit   $ 11,243,034     $ 1,438,928  

Table of Contents F- 3  
 

  Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
     

    2014   2013
                 
General and administrative expenses     4,799,696       1,401,435  
                 
Loss from operations     (4,799,696 )     (1,401,435 )
                 
Other income (expense)                
Interest expense     (2,139,485 )     (171,590 )
Derivative expenses     (568,485 )     (1,156,262 )
Change in fair value of embedded derivative liabilities     702,917       34,250  
Loss on debt extinguishment     —         (12,731 )
Gain on debt forgiveness     —         100,000  
Total other expense - net     (2,005,053 )     (1,206,333 )
                 
Net loss including noncontrolling interest     (6,804,749 )     (2,607,768 )
Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest     (2 )     (34,433 )
Net loss attributable to Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp.     (6,804,747 )     (2,573,335 )
                 
Net loss per share - basic and diluted     (0.20 )     (0.08 )
                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year - basic and diluted     33,644,359       32,128,444  

 

Table of Contents F- 4  
 

Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Deficit
 
    Preferred Stock   Common Stock,   Additional       Non   Total
    $0 Par Value   $0 Par Value   Paid-   Accumulated   Controlling   Stockholders’
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   in Capital   Deficit   Interest   Deficit
                                 
Balances, December 31, 2011     —       $ —         31,133,000     $ —       $ 4,294,675     $ (5,101,600 )   $ —       $ (806,925 )
                                                                 
Sale of 4.5% interest in subsidiary     —         —         —         —         768,807       —         5,193       774,000  
                                                                 
Imputed interest     —         —         —         —         3,385       —         —         3,385  
                                                                 
Net loss     —         —         —         —         —         (844,582 )     (25,738 )     (870,320 )
                                                                 
Balances, December 31, 2012     —         —         31,133,000       —         5,066,867       (5,946,182 )     (20,545 )     (899,860 )
                                                                 
Debt forgiveness - related parties     —         —         —         —         83,000       —         —         83,000  
                                                                 
Reclassification of derivative liability associated with warrants     —         —         —         —         311,709       —         —         311,709  
                                                                 
Loss on debt extinguishment - related party     —         —         —         —         (3,278 )     —         —         (3,278 )
                                                                 
Exercise of stock warrants for cash     —         —         1,400,000       1,400       —         —         —         1,400  
                                                                 
Common stock issued for services - related party - ($0.25/share)     —         —         500,000       125,000       —         —         —         125,000  
                                                                 
Issuance of shares to reacquire 4.5% ownership in subsidiary-($0.25/share)     —         —         1,467,000       —         (19,538 )     —         19,538       —    

 

Table of Contents F- 5  
 

  Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)
 
    Preferred Stock   Common Stock, $0 Par   Additional       Non   Total
    $0 Par Value   Value   Paid-   Accumulated   Controlling   Stockholders’
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   in Capital   Deficit   Interest   Deficit
                                                                 
Common stock transferred from existing stockholders for services rendered - ($0.25/share)     —         —         —         —         562,500       —         —         562,500  
                                                                 
Stock options issued for services - related parties     —         —         —         —         66,785       —         —         66,785  
                                                                 
Net loss     —         —         —         —         —         (2,573,335 )     (34,433 )     (2,607,768 )
                                                                 
Balances, December 31, 2013     —       $ —         34,500,000     $ 126,400     $ 6,068,045     $ (8,519,517 )   $ (35,440 )   $ (2,360,512 )
                                                                 
Payment for exercise of options from Grannus Financial – for 1,000,000 shares     —         —         1,000,000       1,000               —         —         1,000  
                                                                 
Reclassification of derivative liability associated with warrants     —         —         —         —         214,769       —         —         214,769  
                                                                 
Common stock issued per mutual release and waiver ($0.25 /share)     —         —         250,000         —         62,500       —         —         62,500  
                                                                 

Unvested share issued for services – related party ($0.25 /share)

    —         —         —         —         13,812                         13,812  

Table of Contents F- 6  
 

 

    Preferred Stock   Common Stock,   Additional       Non   Total
    $0 Par Value   $0 Par Value   Paid-   Accumulated   Controlling   Stockholders’
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   in Capital   Deficit   Interest   Deficit
                                 
Net loss     —         —         —         —         —         (6,804,747 )     (2 )     (6,804,749 )
                                                                 
Balances, December 31, 2014     —       $ —         35,750,000     $ 127,400     $ 6,359,127     $ (15,324,264 )   $ (35,442 )   $ (8,873,179 )

Table of Contents F- 7  
 

 Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    2014   2013
                 
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net loss attributable to Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp.   $ (6,804,747 )   $ (2,573,335 )
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest     (2 )     (34,433 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Depreciation expense     17,253       262  
Amortization of debt issue costs     142,867       11,986  
Amortization of debt discount     1,507,108       92,304  
Amortization of patent     3,002       2,457  
Amortization of GE trademark license     2,434,783       —    
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities     (702,917 )     (34,250 )
Derivative expense     568,751       1,156,262  
Loss on debt extinguishment     —         12,731  
Gain on debt forgiveness     23,451       (100,000 )
Common stock transferred from existing stockholders for services rendered     —         562,500  
Stock issued for services - related party     76,312       125,000  
Stock options issued for services - related parties     —         66,785  
Change in operating assets and liabilities:                
Prepaid expenses     10,359       (40,000 )
Deferred royalty     (12,000,000 )      
Royalty payable     12,000,000        
Other     12,908       2,500  
Accounts payable & accrued expenses     910,641       63,502  
Net cash used in operating activities     (1,800,231 )     (685,729 )
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Purchase of property & equipment     (143,816 )     (6,013 )
Payment of patent costs     (24,724 )     —    
Net cash used in investing activities     (168,540 )     (6,013 )
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Direct issue costs paid     (69,600 )     (247,197 )
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes     2,270,100       2,000,000  
Proceeds from note payable     —         160,000  
Proceeds from note payable - related party     —         61,655  

Table of Contents F- 8  
 

Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

Repayments of notes     (98,108 )     (116,331 )
Repayments of notes - related party     (26,108 )     (35,547 )
Proceeds from the exercise of warrants     —         1,400  
Proceeds from issuance of stock     1,000       —    
Net cash provided by financing activities     2,077,284       1,823,980  
Increase cash and cash equivalents     108,513       1,132,238  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     1,132,974       736  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 1,241,487     $ 1,132,974  
Supplementary disclosure of non-cash financing activities:                
Conversion of note payable and accrued interest to convertible note   $ —       $ 244,133  
Debt forgiveness - related parties   $ —       $ 83,000  
Debt discount recorded on convertible debt accounted for as a derivative liability   $ 2,249,458     $ 1,925,191  
Reclassification of derivative liability to additional paid-in-capital   $ 214,769     $ 311,709  
Loss on debt extinguishment - related party   $ —       $ 3,278  
Reacquired 4.5% subsidiary ownership   $ —       $ 19,538  
Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information                
Cash paid during the year for:                
Interest   $ 41,487     $ 27,669  
Income taxes   $ —       $ —    

 

Table of Contents F- 9  
 

  Note 1 Organization and Nature of Operations

 

Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. (the “Company”), a Florida corporation, was originally organized in May 2004 as a limited liability company under the name of Safety Quick Light, LLC (“SQL-LLC”). The Company was converted to corporation on November 6, 2012. The Company holds a number of worldwide patents, and has received a variety of final electrical code approvals, including UL-Listing and CSA approval (for the United States and Canadian Markets), and CE (for the European market). The Company maintains an office in Foshan, Peoples Republic of China with three staff of quality control engineers.

 

The Company’s patented product is a quick-connect, Power-Plug device (that is certified to hold up to 50 pounds) used in light fixtures and ceiling fans. The two-part device consists of a female receptacle which installs into all junction boxes, and a male plug which is pre-installed in the lighting fixtures and ceiling fans. The connection device allows for safe, quick and easy installation of a light fixture and ceiling fan, similar to Plugging-In a table lamp into a wall outlet and eliminating the need to deal with or touch electrical wires.

 

The Company markets consumer friendly, energy saving “Plug-In” ceiling fans and light fixtures under the GE brand as well as ‘conventional’ ceiling lights and fans carrying the GE brand. The Company also owns 98.8% of SQL Lighting & Fans LLC (the “Subsidiary”). The Subsidiary was incorporated in Florida on April 27, 2011 and is in the business of manufacturing the patented device that the Company owns. The subsidiary had no activity in 2014.

 

The Company’s fiscal year end is December 31.

 

Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) under the accrual basis of accounting.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.

 

Such estimates and assumptions impact both assets and liabilities, including but not limited to: net realizable value of accounts receivable and inventory, estimated useful lives and potential impairment of property and equipment, the valuation of intangible assets, estimate of fair value of share based payments and derivative liabilities, estimates of fair value of warrants issued and recorded as debt discount, estimates of tax liabilities and estimates of the probability and potential magnitude of contingent liabilities.

 

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate could change in the near term due to one or more future non-conforming events. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from estimates.

 

Risks and Uncertainties

 

The Company’s operations are subject to risk and uncertainties including financial, operational, regulatory and other risks including the potential risk of business failure.  

 

Table of Contents F- 10  
 

The Company has experienced, and in the future expects to continue to experience, variability in its sales and earnings.  The factors expected to contribute to this variability include, among others, (i) the uncertainty associated with the commercialization and ultimate success of the product, (ii) competition inherent at large national retail chains where product is expected to be sold (iii) general economic conditions and (iv) the related volatility of prices pertaining to the cost of sales.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp and its subsidiary, SQL Lighting & Fans LLC. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Non-Controlling Interest

 

In May 2012, in connection with the sale of the Company’s member units in the Subsidiary, the Company’s ownership percentage decreased from 98.8% to 94.35%. The Company then reacquired these member units in June 2013 increasing the ownership percentage from 94.35% back to 98.8%. During 2014, there was no activity in the subsidiary. Its pro rata share of the 2014 loss from operations is recognized in the financial statements.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost and represent cash on hand, demand deposits placed with banks or other financial institutions and all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less. The Company had $1,201,813 and $ -0- in money market as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company extends unsecured credit to its customers in the ordinary course of business but mitigates the associated risks by performing credit checks and actively pursuing past due accounts.

 

The Company recognizes an allowance for losses on accounts receivable in an amount equal to the estimated probable losses net of recoveries. The allowance is based on an analysis of historical bad debt experience, current receivables aging, and expected future write-offs, as well as an assessment of specific identifiable customer accounts considered at risk or uncollectible.

 

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had no accounts receivable.

 

The net balance of accounts receivable for years ending December 2014 and 2013 were as follows

 

    2014   2013
                 
 Accounts Receivable   $ —       $ —    
 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts     —         —    
 Net Accounts Receivable   $ —       $ —    

 

For the years ended 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded bad debt expense of $0 and $0, respectively.

 

Inventory

 

Inventory will consist of finished goods purchased, which are valued at the lower of cost or market value, with cost being determined on the first-in, first-out method.  The Company will periodically review historical sales activity to determine potentially obsolete items and also evaluates the impact of any anticipated changes in future demand.  

Table of Contents F- 11  
 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had no inventory, and accordingly, no allowance for damaged, obsolete or unsaleable inventory.

 

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets and Identifiable Intangible Assets

 

The Company reviews for impairment of long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any asset may not be recoverable. In the event of impairment, the asset is written down to its fair market value. The company determined no impairment adjustment was necessary during years 2014 and 2013.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.  

 

Depreciation of property and equipment is provided utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives, ranging from 5-7 years of the respective assets. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

 

Upon sale or retirement of property and equipment, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations.

 

Intangible Asset - Patent

 

The Company developed a patent for an installation device used in light fixtures and ceiling fans. Costs incurred for submitting the applications to the United States Patent and Trademark Office for these patents have been capitalized. Patent costs are being amortized using the straight-line method over the related 15 year lives. The Company begins amortizing patent costs once a filing receipt is received stating the patent serial number and filing date from the Patent Office.

 

The Company incurs certain legal and related costs in connection with patent applications. The Company capitalizes such costs to be amortized over the expected life of the patent to the extent that an economic benefit is anticipated from the resulting patent or alternative future use is available to the Company. The Company also capitalizes legal costs incurred in the defense of the Company’s patents when it is believed that the future economic benefit of the patent will be maintained or increased and a successful defense is probable. Capitalized patent defense costs are amortized over the remaining expected life of the related patent. The Company’s assessment of future economic benefit or a successful defense of its patents involves considerable management judgment, and an unfavorable outcome of litigation could result in a material impairment charge up to the carrying value of these assets.

 

GE Trademark Licensing Agreement

 

The Company entered into an agreement with General Electric on June, 2011 allowing the company to utilize the “GE trademark” on products which meet the stringent manufacturing and quality requirements of General Electric. As described further in note 5 to these financial statements, the Company and General Electric amended that agreement in August 2014. As a result of that amendment, the Company is required to pay a minimum Trademark Licensing Fee (Royalty Obligation) to General Electric of $12,000,000. The repayment schedule is based on a percent of sales, with any unpaid balance due in December, 2018. Under SFAS 142 “Accounting for Certain Intangible Assets” the company has recorded the value of the GE Licensing Agreement and will amortize it over the life of the agreement which is 60 months.

 

Table of Contents F- 12  
 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The Company measures assets and liabilities at fair value based on an expected exit price as defined by the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements, which represents the amount that would be received on the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability, as the case may be, in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value may be based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The authoritative guidance on fair value measurements establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis whereby inputs, used in valuation techniques, are assigned a hierarchical level.

The following are the hierarchical levels of inputs to measure fair value:

 

Level 1 – Observable inputs that reflect quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Inputs reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities; or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s assumptions incorporated in valuation techniques used to determine fair value. These assumptions are required to be consistent with market participant assumptions that are reasonably available.

 

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, such as cash, prepaid expenses, other current assets, accounts payable & accrued expenses, certain notes payable and notes payable – related party, approximate their fair values because of the short maturity of these instruments.

 

The Company accounts for its derivative liabilities, at fair value, on a recurring basis under level 3. See Note 6.

 

Embedded Conversion Features

 

The Company evaluates embedded conversion features within convertible debt under ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” to determine whether the embedded conversion feature(s) should be bifurcated from the host instrument and accounted for as a derivative at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. If the conversion feature does not require derivative treatment under ASC 815, the instrument is evaluated under ASC 470-20 “Debt with Conversion and Other Options” for consideration of any beneficial conversion feature.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow, market, or foreign currency risks. The Company evaluates all of it financial instruments, including stock purchase warrants, to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported as charges or credits to income.

 

For option-based simple derivative financial instruments, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value the derivative instruments at inception and subsequent valuation dates. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is re-assessed at the end of each reporting period.

 

Beneficial Conversion Feature

 

For conventional convertible debt where the rate of conversion is below market value, the Company records a "beneficial conversion feature" ("BCF") and related debt discount.

 

Table of Contents F- 13  
 

When the Company records a BCF, the relative fair value of the BCF is recorded as a debt discount against the face amount of the respective debt instrument (offset to additional paid in capital) and amortized to interest expense over the life of the debt.

 

Debt Issue Costs and Debt Discount

 

The Company may record debt issue costs and/or debt discounts in connection with raising funds through the issuance of debt.  These costs may be paid in the form of cash, or equity (such as warrants). These costs are amortized to interest expense over the life of the debt. If a conversion of the underlying debt occurs, a proportionate share of the unamortized amounts is immediately expensed.

 

Original Issue Discount

 

For certain convertible debt issued, the Company may provide the debt holder with an original issue discount.  The original issue discount would be recorded to debt discount, reducing the face amount of the note and is amortized to interest expense over the life of the debt.

 

Extinguishments of Liabilities

 

The Company accounts for extinguishments of liabilities in accordance with ASC 860-10 (formerly SFAS 140) “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities”. When the conditions are met for extinguishment accounting, the liabilities are derecognized and the gain or loss on the sale is recognized.

 

Stock-Based Compensation - Employees

  

The Company accounts for its stock based compensation in which the Company obtains employee services in share-based payment transactions under the recognition and measurement principles of the fair value recognition provisions of section 718-10-30 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. Pursuant to paragraph 718-10-30-6 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, all transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable.  

 

The measurement date used to determine the fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur.  

 

If the Company is a newly formed corporation or shares of the Company are thinly traded, the use of share prices established in the Company’s most recent private placement memorandum (based on sales to third parties) (“PPM”), or weekly or monthly price observations would generally be more appropriate than the use of daily price observations as such shares could be artificially inflated due to a larger spread between the bid and asked quotes and lack of consistent trading in the market.

 

The fair value of share options and similar instruments is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing valuation model.  The ranges of assumptions for inputs are as follows:

 

Table of Contents F- 14  
 

Expected term of share options and similar instruments: The expected life of options and similar instruments represents the period of time the option and/or warrant are expected to be outstanding.  Pursuant to Paragraph 718-10-50-2(f)(2)(i) of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification the expected term of share options and similar instruments represents the period of time the options and similar instruments are expected to be outstanding taking into consideration of the contractual term of the instruments and employees’ expected exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior into the fair value (or calculated value) of the instruments.  Pursuant to paragraph 718-10-S99-1, it may be appropriate to use the simplified method, i.e., expected term = ((vesting term + original contractual term) / 2), if (i) A company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term due to the limited period of time its equity shares have been publicly traded; (ii) A company significantly changes the terms of its share option grants or the types of employees that receive share option grants such that its historical exercise data may no longer provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term; or (iii) A company has or expects to have significant structural changes in its business such that its historical exercise data may no longer provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. The Company uses the simplified method to calculate expected term of share options and similar instruments as the company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term.

Expected volatility of the entity’s shares and the method used to estimate it.  Pursuant to ASC Paragraph 718-10-50-2(f)(2)(ii) a thinly-traded or nonpublic entity that uses the calculated value method shall disclose the reasons why it is not practicable for the Company to estimate the expected volatility of its share price, the appropriate industry sector index that it has selected, the reasons for selecting that particular index, and how it has calculated historical volatility using that index.  The Company uses the average historical volatility of the comparable companies over the expected contractual life of the share options or similar instruments as its expected volatility.  If shares of a company are thinly traded the use of weekly or monthly price observations would generally be more appropriate than the use of daily price observations as the volatility calculation using daily observations for such shares could be artificially inflated due to a larger spread between the bid and asked quotes and lack of consistent trading in the market.
Expected annual rate of quarterly dividends.  An entity that uses a method that employs different dividend rates during the contractual term shall disclose the range of expected dividends used and the weighted-average expected dividends.  The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s current dividend yield as the best estimate of projected dividend yield for periods within the expected term of the share options and similar instruments.

Risk-free rate(s). An entity that uses a method that employs different risk-free rates shall disclose the range of risk-free rates used.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods within the expected term of the share options and similar instruments.

 

Generally, all forms of share-based payments, including stock option grants, warrants and restricted stock grants and stock appreciation rights are measured at their fair value on the awards’ grant date, based on estimated number of awards that are ultimately expected to vest.

 

The expense resulting from share-based payments is recorded in general and administrative expense in the statements of operations.

 

Stock-Based Compensation – Non Employees

 

Equity Instruments Issued to Parties Other Than Employees for Acquiring Goods or Services

 

The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to parties other than employees for acquiring goods or services under guidance of Sub-topic 505-50 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Sub-topic 505-50”).

 

Table of Contents F- 15  
 

Pursuant to ASC Section 505-50-30, all transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable.  The measurement date used to determine the fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur.  If the Company is a newly formed corporation or shares of the Company are thinly traded the use of share prices established in the Company’s most recent private placement memorandum (“PPM”), or weekly or monthly price observations would generally be more appropriate than the use of daily price observations as such shares could be artificially inflated due to a larger spread between the bid and asked quotes and lack of consistent trading in the market.

 

The fair value of share options and similar instruments is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing valuation model.  The ranges of assumptions for inputs are as follows:

 

• Expected term of share options and similar instruments: Pursuant to Paragraph 718-10-50-2(f)(2)(i) of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification the expected term of share options and similar instruments represents the period of time the options and similar instruments are expected to be outstanding taking into consideration of the contractual term of the instruments and holder’s expected exercise behavior into the fair value (or calculated value) of the instruments.  The Company uses historical data to estimate holder’s expected exercise behavior.  If the Company is a newly formed corporation or shares of the Company are thinly traded the contractual term of the share options and similar instruments is used as the expected term of share options and similar instruments as the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term.

 

Expected volatility of the entity’s shares and the method used to estimate it.  Pursuant to ASC Paragraph 718-10-50-2(f)(2)(ii) a thinly-traded or nonpublic entity that uses the calculated value method shall disclose the reasons why it is not practicable for the Company to estimate the expected volatility of its share price, the appropriate industry sector index that it has selected, the reasons for selecting that particular index, and how it has calculated historical volatility using that index.  The Company uses the average historical volatility of the comparable companies over the expected contractual life of the share options or similar instruments as its expected volatility.  If shares of a company are thinly traded the use of weekly or monthly price observations would generally be more appropriate than the use of daily price observations as the volatility calculation using daily observations for such shares could be artificially inflated due to a larger spread between the bid and asked quotes and lack of consistent trading in the market.
Expected annual rate of quarterly dividends.  An entity that uses a method that employs different dividend rates during the contractual term shall disclose the range of expected dividends used and the weighted-average expected dividends.  The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s current dividend yield as the best estimate of projected dividend yield for periods within the expected term of the share options and similar instruments.
Risk-free rate(s). An entity that uses a method that employs different risk-free rates shall disclose the range of risk-free rates used.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods within the expected term of the share options and similar instruments.

 

Table of Contents F- 16  
 

Pursuant to ASC paragraph 505-50-25-7, if fully vested, non-forfeitable equity instruments are issued at the date the grantor and grantee enter into an agreement for goods or services (no specific performance is required by the grantee to retain those equity instruments), then, because of the elimination of any obligation on the part of the counterparty to earn the equity instruments, a measurement date has been reached. A grantor shall recognize the equity instruments when they are issued (in most cases, when the agreement is entered into). Whether the corresponding cost is an immediate expense or a prepaid asset (or whether the debit should be characterized as contra-equity under the requirements of paragraph 505-50-45-1) depends on the specific facts and circumstances. Pursuant to ASC paragraph 505-50-45-1, a grantor may conclude that an asset (other than a note or a receivable) has been received in return for fully vested, non-forfeitable equity instruments that are issued at the date the grantor and grantee enter into an agreement for goods or services (and no specific performance is required by the grantee in order to retain those equity instruments). Such an asset shall not be displayed as contra-equity by the grantor of the equity instruments. The transferability (or lack thereof) of the equity instruments shall not affect the balance sheet display of the asset. This guidance is limited to transactions in which equity instruments are transferred to other than employees in exchange for goods or services. Section 505-50-30 provides guidance on the determination of the measurement date for transactions that are within the scope of this Subtopic.

 

Pursuant to Paragraphs 505-50-25-8 and 505-50-25-9, an entity may grant fully vested, non-forfeitable equity instruments that are exercisable by the grantee only after a specified period of time if the terms of the agreement provide for earlier exercisability if the grantee achieves specified performance conditions. Any measured cost of the transaction shall be recognized in the same period(s) and in the same manner as if the entity had paid cash for the goods or services or used cash rebates as a sales discount instead of paying with, or using, the equity instruments. A recognized asset, expense, or sales discount shall not be reversed if a share option and similar instrument that the counterparty has the right to exercise expires unexercised.

 

Pursuant to ASC paragraph 505-50-30-S99-1, if the Company receives a right to receive future services in exchange for unvested, forfeitable equity instruments, those equity instruments are treated as unissued for accounting purposes until the future services are received (that is, the instruments are not considered issued until they vest). Consequently, there would be no recognition at the measurement date and no entry should be recorded.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company derives revenues from the sale of a patented device. 

 

Revenue is recorded when all of the following have occurred: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) asset is transferred to the customer without further obligation, (3) the sales price to the customer is fixed or determinable, and (4) collectability is reasonably assured.

 

Cost of Sales

 

Cost of sales represents costs directly related to the production and third party manufacturing of the Company’s products.

 

Product sold is typically shipped directly to the customer from the third party manufacturer; costs associated with shipping and handling is shown as a component of cost of sales. 

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

 

Basic net earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) for the period by the weighted average number of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) for the period by the weighted average number of common stock, common stock equivalents and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during each period.

 

Table of Contents F- 17  
 

The Company uses the “treasury stock” method to determine whether there is a dilutive effect of outstanding convertible debt, option and warrant contracts. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 the Company reflected net loss and a dilutive net loss, and the effect of considering any common stock equivalents would have been anti-dilutive for the period. Therefore, separate computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share is not presented for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

The Company has the following common stock equivalents at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    2014   2013
                 
Convertible Debt  (Exercise price - $0.25/share)     18,056,932       8,976,532  
Stock Warrants (Exercise price - $0.001 - $0.375/share)     9,728,984       4,338,884  
Stock Options (Exercise price - $0.375/share)     200,000       300,000  
Unvested Restricted Stock - Chief Executive Officer     750,000       750,000  
Total     28,735,916       14,365,416  

 

On June 1, 2013, the Company executed a 3,113.3:1 forward stock split. All share and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to the earliest period presented.

 

Income Tax Provision

 

From the inception of SQL-LLC, and through November 6, 2012, the Company was taxed as a pass-through entity (LLC) under the Internal Revenue Code and was not subject to federal and state income taxes; accordingly, no provision had been made.

 

The financial statements reflect the Company’s transactions without adjustment, if any, required for income tax purposes for the period from November 7, 2012 to December 31, 2012. The net loss generated by the Company for the period January 1, 2012 to November 6, 2012 has been excluded from the computation of income taxes.

The Company accounts for income taxes under Section 740-10-30 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent management concludes it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

The Company adopted section 740-10-25 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Section 740-10-25”). Section 740-10-25 addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements.  Under Section 740-10-25, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.  The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty (50) percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  Section 740-10-25 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim periods and requires increased disclosures.

 

The estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities are reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as well as tax credit carry-backs and carry-forwards. The Company periodically reviews the recoverability of deferred tax assets recorded on its consolidated balance sheets and provides valuation allowances as management deems necessary.

 

Table of Contents F- 18  
 

Management makes judgments as to the interpretation of the tax laws that might be challenged upon an audit and cause changes to previous estimates of tax liability. In addition, the Company operates within multiple taxing jurisdictions and is subject to audit in these jurisdictions. In management’s opinion, adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all years. If actual taxable income by tax jurisdiction varies from estimates, additional allowances or reversals of reserves may be necessary.

 

The Company's tax returns are subject to examination by the federal and state tax authorities.

 

Uncertain Tax Positions

 

The Company did not take any uncertain tax positions and had no adjustments to its income tax liabilities or benefits pursuant to the provisions of Section 740-10-25 for the reporting periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

Related Parties

 

The Company follows subtopic 850-10 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for the identification of related parties and disclosure of related party transactions.

 

Pursuant to Section 850-10-20 the related parties include a. affiliates of the Company; b. Entities for which investments in their equity securities would be required, absent the election of the fair value option under the Fair Value Option Subsection of Section 825–10–15, to be accounted for by the equity method by the investing entity; c. trusts for the benefit of employees, such as pension and profit-sharing trusts that are managed by or under the trusteeship of management; d. principal owners of the Company; e. management of the Company; f. other parties with which the Company may deal if one party controls or can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the other to an extent that one of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests; and g. Other parties that can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the transacting parties or that have an ownership interest in one of the transacting parties and can significantly influence the other to an extent that one or more of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests.

 

The consolidated financial statements shall include disclosures of material related party transactions, other than compensation arrangements, expense allowances, and other similar items in the ordinary course of business. However, disclosure of transactions that are eliminated in the preparation of consolidated or combined financial statements is not required in those statements. The disclosures shall include: a. the nature of the relationship(s) involved; b. a description of the transactions, including transactions to which no amounts or nominal amounts were ascribed, for each of the periods for which income statements are presented, and such other information deemed necessary to an understanding of the effects of the transactions on the financial statements; c. the dollar amounts of transactions for each of the periods for which income statements are presented and the effects of any change in the method of establishing the terms from that used in the preceding period; and d. amounts due from or to related parties as of the date of each balance sheet presented and, if not otherwise apparent, the terms and manner of settlement.

 

Contingencies

 

The Company follows subtopic 450-20 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification to report accounting for contingencies. Certain conditions may exist as of the date the consolidated financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company assesses such contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein.

 

Table of Contents F- 19  
 

If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability would be accrued in the Company’s financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a potentially material loss contingency is not probable but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, and an estimate of the range of possible losses, if determinable and material, would be disclosed.

 

Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless they involve guarantees, in which case the guarantees would be disclosed. However, there is no assurance that such matters will not materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, consolidated financial position, and consolidated results of operations or consolidated cash flows.

 

Subsequent Events

 

The Company follows the guidance in Section 855-10-50 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for the disclosure of subsequent events. The Company will evaluate subsequent events through the date when the financial statements are issued.

  

Pursuant to ASU 2010-09 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, the Company as an SEC filer considers its financial statements issued when they are widely distributed to users, such as through filing them on EDGAR.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity. The amendments in this Update change the requirements for reporting discontinued operations in Subtopic 205-20.

Under the new guidance, a discontinued operation is defined as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and “represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results.” The ASU states that a strategic shift could include a disposal of (i) a major geographical area of operations, (ii) a major line of business, (iii) a major equity method investment, or (iv) other major parts of an entity. Although “major” is not defined, the standard provides examples of when a disposal qualifies as a discontinued operation.

 

The ASU also requires additional disclosures about discontinued operations that will provide more information about the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of discontinued operations. In addition, the ASU requires disclosure of the pre-tax profit or loss attributable to a disposal of an individually significant component of an entity that does not qualify for discontinued operations presentation in the financial statements.

 

The ASU is effective for public business entities for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within those years.

 

In May 2014, the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board issued a converged final standard on the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. This updated guidance provides a framework for addressing revenue recognition issues and replaces almost all existing revenue recognition guidance in current U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The core principle of the new standard is for companies to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard will also result in enhanced disclosures about revenue, provide guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively, and improve guidance for multiple-element arrangements. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Management has not yet evaluated the future impact of this guidance on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Table of Contents F- 20  
 

In September 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. This ASU describes how an entity should assess its ability to meet obligations and sets disclosure requirements for how this information should be disclosed in the financial statements. The standard provides accounting guidance that will be used with existing auditing standards. The amendments in this ASU are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The adoption of this guidance will be examined for the year ended December 31, 2016, and if applicable at that time, will require management to make the appropriate disclosures.

 

Other pronouncements issued by the FASB or other authoritative accounting standards groups with future effective dates are either not applicable or are not expected to be significant to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Note 3 Furniture and Equipment

 

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

 

    2014   2013
Office Equipment   $ 5,221     $ 12,984  
Machinery and Equipment     115,538       —    
Furniture and Fixtures     29,070       6,013  
Total     149,829       18,997  
Less: Accumulated Depreciation     (17,221 )     (12,952 )
Property and Equipment – net     132,609       6,046  

 

Note 4 Intangible Assets

   

Intangible assets -patents consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    2014   2013
Patents   $ 61,690     $ 36,950  
Less: Impairment Charges     —         —    
Less: Accumulated Amortization     (15,271 )     (12,253 )
Patents – net   $ 46,419     $ 24,697  

 

At December 31, 2014, future amortization of intangible assets is as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31
  2015     $ 4,107  
  2016       4,111  
  2017       4,107  
  2018       4,107  
  2019       4,107  
  2020 and Thereafter       25,880  
        $ 46,419  

 

Actual amortization expense in future periods could differ from these estimates as a result of future acquisitions, divestitures, impairments and other factors.

 

Table of Contents F- 21  
 

Note 5 GE Trademark License

 

The Company entered into an amended agreement with General Electric regarding the trademarking of its products. The license is amortized through its expiration in November, 2018.

    2014   2013
GE Trademark License   $ 12,000,000     $ —    
Less: Impairment Charges     —         —    
Less: Accumulated Amortization     (2,434,783 )     —    
Patents – net   $ 9,565,217     $ —    

 

At December 31, 2014, future amortization of intangible assets is as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31
  2015     $ 2,441,472  
  2016       2,441,472  
  2017       2,441,472  
  2018       2,240,801  
        $ 9,565,217  

 

Note 6 Debt

 

(A) Summary of Debt Transactions

 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, debt consists of the following:

 

    2014   2013
 Notes payable   $ 405,095     $ 503,203  
 Notes payable - related party     —         26,108  
 Convertible notes     4,487,234       2,194,133  
 Convertible notes - related party     26,999       50,000  
 Less: debt discount     (4,402,773 )     (1,925,191 )
 Debt – net     516,555       848,253  
 Amortization of debt discount     1,827,534       92,304  
 Less: current portion - notes payable     (98,086 )     (98,086 )
 Less: current portion convertible debt     (1,250,981 )     —    
 Less: current portion - notes payable - related party     —         (26,108 )
 Long term debt – net   $ 995,022     $ 816,362  

 

  Notes Payable 

  Third Party   Related Party   Totals
 Balance; December 31, 2012   $ 739,534     $ 133,000     $ 872,534  
 Proceeds     160,000       61,655       221,655  
 Repayments     (116,331 )     (35,547 )     (151,878 )
 Conversion of note payable to convertible debt     (180,000 )     (50,000 )     (230,000 )
 Debt forgiveness     (100,000 )     (83,000 )     (183,000 )
 Balance; December 31, 2013     503,203       26,108       529,311  
 Repayments     (98,108 )     (26,108 )     (124,216 )
 Balance; December 31, 2014   $ 405,095     $ -     $ 405,095  

 

Table of Contents F- 22  
 

Convertible Debt - Net 

 

The Company has recorded derivative liabilities associated with these convertible debt instruments, as more fully discussed at Notes 7 and 12 (C).

 

  Third Party   Related Party   Totals
 Balance; December 31, 2012   $ —       $ —       $ —    
 Proceeds     2,000,000       —         2,000,000  
 Repayments     —         —         —    
 Conversion of note payable to convertible debt     180,000       50,000       230,000  
 Conversion of accrued interest into convertible debt     14,133       —         14,133  
 Less: gross debt discount recorded     (1,925,191 )     —         (1,925,191 )
 Add: amortization of debt discount     92,304       —         92,304  
Balance; December 31, 2013     361,245       50,000       411,245  
Proceeds     2,270,100       —         2,270,100  
Repayments     —         —         —    
Less: gross debt discount recorded     (2,203,354 )     (46,105 )     (2,249,459 )
Add: Amortization of Debt Discount     1,484,004       23,104       1,507,108  
 Balance; December 31, 2014   $ 1,911,995     $ 26,999     $ 1,938,994  

  

In connection with the $2,000,000 convertible debt offering in November 2013, the Company issued 3,672,134 detachable warrants. The notes and warrants were treated as derivative liabilities.

 

In connection with the $2,270,100 convertible debt offering in May 2014, the Company issued 5,390,100 detachable warrants. The notes and warrants were treated as derivative liabilities.

 

On November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014 we conducted closings of the offering of our 12% Secured Convertible Promissory Notes (the “12% Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of $4,240,100 and/or our 15% Secured Convertible Promissory Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $30,000 (the “15% Notes”, and together with the 12% Notes, each a “Note” and collectively, the “Notes”), as applicable, with certain “accredited investors” (the “Investors”), as defined under Regulation D, Rule 501 of the Securities Act (collectively, the “Notes Offering”). The entire aggregate principal amount of the Notes of $4,270,100 was outstanding as of March 15, 2015, such amount being exclusive of securities converted into the Notes separate from the Notes Offering. Pursuant to the Notes Offering, the Company received $1,752,803, $1,400,000 and $800,500 in net proceeds on November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014, respectively.

 

In addition to the terms customarily included in such instruments, the Notes began accruing interest on the date that each Investor submitted the principal balance of such Investor’s Note, with the interest thereon becoming due and payable on the one year anniversary of said date, and quarterly thereafter. Upon a default of the Notes, the interest rate will increase by 2%. The principal balance of each Note and all unpaid interest will become due and payable twenty-four (24) months after the date of issuance. The Notes may be prepaid with or without a penalty depending on the date of the prepayment. The principal and interest under the Notes are convertible into shares of our common stock at $0.25 per share and are secured by a first priority lien (subject only to an existing note with Signature Bank of Georgia on our intellectual property and all substitutes, replacements and proceeds of such intellectual property) pursuant to the terms of a Security Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014, as applicable, by and between us and each Investor (the “Security Agreement”).

 

Table of Contents F- 23  
 

Pursuant to the Notes Offering, each Investor also received five (5) year common stock warrants to purchase our common stock at $0.375 per share (each a “Warrant” and collectively, the “Warrants”). Investors of the 12% Notes received Warrants with 25% coverage based on a pre-determined valuation of the Company. Investors of the 15% Notes received Warrants with 15% coverage based on the pre-determined valuation of the Company. Investors with a principal investment amount equal to or greater than $250,000 received Warrants with a bonus 40% coverage (“Bonus Coverage”); however, if an Investor previously invested $250,000 or more in the Notes Offering, such Investor received Bonus Coverage if such Investor subsequently invested $100,000 or more in the Notes Offering. In addition to the terms customarily included in such instruments, the Warrants may be exercised into our common stock by the Investors by providing to the Company a notice of exercise, payment and surrender of the Warrant.

 

In connection with the Notes Offering, we entered into Registration Rights Agreements, each dated as of November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014 and each by and between us and each of the Investors (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreements”) whereby we agreed to prepare and file a registration statement with the SEC within sixty (60) days after execution of the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and to have the registration statement declared effective by the SEC within ninety (90) days thereafter (the “Registration Statement”). The Registration Statement covered shares of our common stock, including shares of our common stock underlying the Notes, Warrants and certain other options and warrants.

 

Because we were unable to file a Registration Statement pursuant to the terms of each Registration Rights Agreements dated as of November 26, 2013 or May 8, 2014, we were in default under such Registration Rights Agreements (the “Filing Default Damages”). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Filing Default Damages mandate that the Company shall pay to the Investors, for each thirty (30) day period of such failure and until the filing date of the Registration Statement and/or the common stock may be sold pursuant to Rule 144, an amount in cash, as partial liquidated damages and not as a penalty, equal to 2% percent of the aggregate gross proceeds paid by the Investors for the Notes. If the Company fails to pay any partial liquidated damages in full within five (5) days of the date payable, which is the Note maturity date, the Company shall pay interest thereon at a rate of 18% per annum (or such lesser maximum amount that is permitted to be paid by applicable law) to the Investors, accruing daily from the date such partial liquidated damages are due until such amounts, plus all such interest thereon, are paid in full.

 

In addition, because we were unable to have a Registration Statement declared effective pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreements dated as of November 26, 2013 or May 8, 2014, we were in default under such Registration Rights Agreements (the “Effectiveness Default Damages”). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Effectiveness Default Damages mandated that the interest rate due under the Note corresponding to such Registration Rights Agreement will increase 2% above the then effective interest rate of such Note, and shall continue to increase by 2% every 30 days until a registration statement is declared effective.

 

The Company’s Registration Statement was first filed on August 1, 2014, and was declared effective by the SEC on October 22, 2014. As of August 1, 2014, the date the Company first filed the Registration Statement and the date that the Filing Default Damages stopped accruing, the Filing Default Damages to be paid by the Company to the Investors were $271,733. As of October 22, 2014, the date the Registration Statement was declared effective, the interest rate due under the 12% Notes and 15% Notes dated as of November 26, 2013 was 24% and 27%, respectively, as a consequence of the Effectiveness Default Damages.

Table of Contents F- 24  
 

 On December 11, 2014, the Company sent a letter to the Investors holding Notes dated November 26, 2013 (the “2013 Investors”) concerning the first interest payment that was scheduled to be paid pursuant to the Notes dated November 26, 2013 on the one year anniversary of the date that each 2013 Investor submitted payment for their Note (the “First Interest Payments”). The Company noted the significant progress it had made in 2014, and expressed its preference to conserve working capital to support operations and customer orders. The Company invited the 2013 Investors to convert the First Interest Payments into shares of the Company’s common stock to further this purpose. The Company also asked each 2013 Investor to execute an Agreement and Waiver (the “Agreement and Waiver”), which granted the Company a grace period, deferring the Company’s obligation to make payment of the First Interest Payment and interest that was due under the Note through November 26, 2014 (the “Interest Due”) until February 24, 2015 (the “Extension”), during which time such deferment would not be considered an Event of Default under the 2013 Investor’s Note. In connection with the Extension, subsequent quarterly payments of interest will be determined based on the issuance date of each Note (i.e., November 26, 2013) rather than the date that each 2013 Investor first submitted payment for their Note, the sole purpose and impact of this change being to reduce ongoing costs to administer the Notes. In return for granting the Extension, we offered to capitalize the Interest Due at a rate of 12% (the “Additional Interest”), which was convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at the conversion price of $0.25 per share as of February 24, 2014, unless the 2013 Investor requested to receive the Additional Interest in cash 15 days prior to the end of the Extension.

 

 (B) Terms of Debt

 

In 2013, the company issued $2,244,133 in convertible bonds with interest rates varying from 12% to 15%. These bonds mature in November 2015.

 

In 2014, the company issued $2,270,100 in convertible bonds. These bonds carry interest at 12% and mature in May and June 2016.

 

All convertible debt and related warrants issued with the convertible notes in 2014 and 2013 are convertible at $0.25 and $0.375 per share, respectively; however, given the existence of a “ratchet feature”, which allows for a lower offering price if the Company offers shares to the public at a lower price.

 

(C) Future Commitments

 

At December 31, 2014, the Company has outstanding debt of $4,919,328.

 

Future minimum repayment obligations are as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31    
2015   $ 2,342,219  
2016     2,577,109  
 Less: unamortized debt discount     (2,575,239 )
 Less: current maturities     (1,349,067 )
 Debt - long term   $ 995,022  

 

Note 7 Derivative Liabilities

 

The Company identified conversion features embedded within convertible debt and warrants issued in 2013. The Company has determined that the features associated with the embedded conversion option, in the form a ratchet provision, should be accounted for at fair value, as a derivative liability, as the Company cannot determine if a sufficient number of shares would be available to settle all potential future conversion transactions.

 

Table of Contents F- 25  
 

As a result of the application of ASC No. 815, the fair value of the ratchet feature related to convertible debt and warrants is summarized as follow: 

 

    2014   2013
 Fair value at the commitment date - convertible debt   $ 4,892,234     $ 2,414,585  
 Fair value at the commitment date - warrants     677,214       682,809  
 Reclassification of derivative liabilities to additional paid in    capital related to warrants exercised that ceased being a  derivative liability     (214,769 )     (311,709 )
 Fair value mark to market adjustment - stock options     (25,614 )     —    
 Fair value mark to market adjustment - convertible debt     (668,189 )     (28,586 )
 Fair value mark to market adjustment - warrants     (13,701 )     (5,595 )
 Totals   $ 4,647,175     $ 2,751,504  

 

The fair value at the commitment and re-measurement dates for the Company’s derivative liabilities were based upon the following management assumptions as of December 31, 2014:

 

Commitment Date   Remeasurement Date  
 Expected dividends 0%   0%  
 Expected volatility 150%   150%  
 Expected term  2 - 5 years     0.9 - 3.91 years   
 Risk free interest rate  0.29% - 1.68%     0.67% - 1.65%   

 

Note 8 Debt Discount

 

The Company recorded the debt discount to the extent of the gross proceeds raised, and expensed immediately the remaining fair value of the derivative liability, as it exceeded the gross proceeds of the note.  

 

The Company recorded a derivative expense of $568,485 in 2014 and $1,156,193 for 2013.   

 

The Company recorded amortization of derivative discount of $1,507,107 in 2014 and $92,304 for 2013. These amounts are included in interest expense.

 

Note 9 Debt Issue Costs

 

Debt issue costs are summarized as follows:

 

 Debt issue costs - net - December 31,2012   $ —    
 Debt issue costs     247,197  
 Accumulated amortization     (11,986 )
 Debt issue costs - net - December 31,2013     235,211  
Debt issue cost additions     69,600  
Accumulated amortization     (154,851 )
 Debt issue costs - net - December 31,2014   $ 161,946  

 

The Company incurred $142,865 and $11,986 in 2014 and 2013, respectively and recorded it as interest expense

 

Table of Contents F- 26  
 

Note 10 GE Royalty Obligation

 

In 2011, the Company executed a Trademark Licensing Agreement with General Electric (“GE”), which allows the Company the right to market certain ceiling light and fan fixtures displaying the GE brand. The GE trademark license agreement imposes certain manufacturing and quality control conditions that the Company must maintain in order to continue to use the GE brand.

 

The license is non-transferable and cannot be sub licensed. Various termination clauses are applicable, however, none were applicable as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

In August, 2014, the Company entered into a second amendment pertaining to its royalty obligations. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company agreed to pay a total of at least $12,000,000 by November 2018 for the rights assigned in the original contract. In case of the Company does not pay GE a total of at least $12,000,000 in cumulative royalties over the Term, the difference between $12,000,000 and the amount of royalties paid to GE is owed in December, 2018.

 

Payments are due quarterly based upon the prior quarters’ sales.

 

The Trademark and License obligation will be paid from sales of GE branded product subject to the following repayment:

 

Net Sales in Contract Year

Percentage of the Contract Year Net Sales owed to GE
  $0 - $50,000,000     7%  
  $50,000,001 - $100,000,000     6%  
$100,000,001+     5%  

 

Since the Company does not have the ability to estimate the sales of GE branded product, the liability is classified as long-term. As sales are recognized, the Company will estimate the portion it expects to pay in the current year and classify as current.

 

Note 11 Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of transactions reported in the financial statements and consist of taxes currently due.  Deferred taxes relate to differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial and income tax reporting which will be either taxable or deductible when the assets or liabilities are recovered or settled.  

 

At December 31, 2014, the Company has a net operating loss carry-forward of approximately $4,136,000 available to offset future taxable income expiring through 2034. Utilization of future net operating losses may be limited due to potential ownership changes under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

The valuation allowance at December 31, 2013 was approximately $119,000. The net change in valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2014 was an increase of approximately $2,230,000. In assessing the realisability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred income tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred income tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on consideration of these items, management has determined that enough uncertainty exists relative to the realization of the deferred income tax asset balances to warrant the application of a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2014.

 

Table of Contents F- 27  
 

The effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are approximately as follows:

 

 Net operating loss carryforward $ (2,429,000 ) $ (199,000 )
 Gross Deferred Tax Assets   (2,429,000 )   (199,000 )
 Less Valuation Allowance   2,429,000     199,000  
 Total Deferred Tax Assets - Net $ —     $ —    

 

There was no income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 due to the Company’s net losses

 

The Company’s tax expense differs from the “expected” tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, (computed by applying the Federal Corporate tax rate of 34% to loss before taxes and 6% for Georgia State Corporate Taxes, the blended rate used was 37.96%), are approximately as follows:

 

 Computed "expected" tax expense (benefit) - Federal $ (2,630,000 ) $ (875,000 )
 Computed "expected" tax expense (benefit) - State   (458,000 )   (102,000 )
 Derivative expense   216,000     439,000  
 Loss on debt extinguishment   —       5,000  
 Gain on debt forgiveness   —       38,000  
 Share based payments   —       286,000  
 Amortization of patent   1,000     1,000  
 Amortization of debt issue costs   1,000     5,000  
 Amortization of debt discount   —       35,000  
 Amortization of patent   909,000     1,000 )
 Change in value of derivative liability   (269,000 )   (13,000 )
 Change in valuation allowance   2,230,000     181,000  
  $ —     $ —    

 

Note 12 Stockholders Deficit

 

(A) Common Stock

 

In 2014, the Company issued the following common stock:

 

Transaction Type   Quantity   Valuation   Range of Value per Share
Common stock issued in exercise of options     1,000,000     $ 1,000     $ —    
Common stock issued per mutual release and waiver (1)     250,000     $ 62,500     $ —    
      1,250,000      $ 63,500     $ —    

 

The following is a more detailed description of the Company’s stock issuance from the table above:

 

(1) Services Rendered - Related Party

 

In November 2014, the Company issued 750,000 of restricted, nonvested shares to new Chief Executive Officer. The shares are to vest as follows: 250,000 in May 2015 and 500,000 shares in December 2015. The shares are valued at $0.25 per share.

 

Table of Contents F- 28  
 

The Company’s former Chief Executive Officer received 1,250,000 restricted unvested shares in association with an employment contract. These restricted shares were to vest as follows: 500,000 on November 15, 2013 with the remaining 750,000 shares to vest evenly (250,000 shares each vesting period) on December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016. The shares were valued based on recent third party cash offering of convertible debt containing an exercise price of $0.25/share. In November 2014, the agreement was terminated and the Company entered into a new Agreement and Mutual Release with that former CEO. As of that date (November 2014), 750,000 of the aforementioned 1,250,000 shares were fully vested. In accordance with this new Agreement, the company issued 250,000 shares that vested on December 31, 2014 and the executive retained 500,000 shares of the previous granted (fully vested) shares. The remaining 500,000 unvested shares were forfeited by the former CEO.

 

In 2013, the Company issued the following common stock:

 

Transaction Type Quantity Valuation Range of Value per Share
Warrants exercised   (1 )   1,400,000   $ 1,400   $ 0.001        
Services rendered - related party   (2 )   500,000     125,000     0.25        
Acquisition of 4.5% interest in subsidiary   (3 )   1,467,000     366,750     0.25        
    $ 3,367,000   $ 439,150   $ 0.001     $ 0.250  

 

The fair value of stock issued was based upon the following:

 

Warrants were exercised for cash under the terms of the agreement at $0.001 per share.
Services rendered – related party were based upon recent third party cash issuances of convertible debt with a conversion price of $0.25/share. This represented the best evidence of fair value.
Acquisition of 4.5% ownership in Subsidiary is deemed a capital transaction since control of the Subsidiary was never lost. Valuation was based upon recent third party cash issuances of convertible debt with a conversion price of $0.25/share. This represented the best evidence of fair value. See #3 below for additional discussion.

 

The following is a more detailed description of some of the Company’s stock issuances from the table above:

 

(1) Warrants Exercised for Cash

 

In connection with a warrant exercise, a third party paid cash to obtain these shares.

 

(2) Services Rendered – Related Party

 

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer received these shares as a sign on bonus. There are no future service requirements and there are no claw back or forfeiture rights associated with this stock grant. The shares are valued based on a recent third party cash offering of convertible debt containing an exercise price of $0.25/share. Also see Note 12 (B).

 

(3) Acquisition of Subsidiary Ownership Interest

 

In June 2013, the Company reacquired 4.5% ownership in its subsidiary, which it had previously sold in 2012. The transaction was accounted for as a capital transaction since the parent had control of the Subsidiary at all times. The purchase reflected 4.5% of the Subsidiary being reacquired, which increased the parent’s ownership from 94.35% to 98.8%. The transaction included the valuation of shares issued at $366,750, however, in connection with establishing the valuation adjustment of the noncontrolling interest reacquired, $19,538 represented the net increase to additional paid in capital and reduction of the noncontrolling interest. As a result of this transaction, the noncontrolling interest post repurchase is 1.2%.

 

Table of Contents F- 29  
 

(B) Additional Paid in Capital and Other Equity Transactions

 

  The following transactions occurred during the year ended December 31, 2014:

 

(1) Derivative Liability

 

Reclassification of derivative liability associated with warrants of $214,769.

 

(2) Services Rendered – Related Parties

 

Common stock issued for services – related party of $76,312.

 

The following transactions occurred during the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

(1) Debt Forgiveness – Related Parties

 

Certain existing note holders forgave $83,000. There was no gain or loss on the transaction, rather a charge to additional paid in capital due to being a related party transaction.

 

(2) Modification of Debt (Extinguishment Accounting)

 

A board member and third party agreed to convert an aggregate $244,133 of outstanding conventional debt and accrued interest into convertible debt, under the same terms as the $2,000,000 convertible debt offering occurring in November 2013.

 

The exchange of an outstanding debt instrument for a new debt instrument with the same lender/creditor results in an extinguishment of the old debt instrument if the debt instruments have substantially different terms. Similarly, a modification of the terms of an outstanding debt instrument should be accounted for like, and reported in the same manner as, an extinguishment if the old and new debt instruments have substantially different terms.  In addition, the new debt instrument is considered to be substantially different from the old if the modification or exchange eliminates or adds a substantive conversion option.

 

As a result, the Company determined a loss on debt extinguishment of $16,009. Of the total loss, $12,731 was recorded to the statement of operations pertaining to a third party; the remaining $3,278 could not be recorded as a loss to the statement of operations due to being a related party transaction, rather, the Company accounted for this loss on extinguishment as a capital transaction and recorded this amount as additional paid in capital.

 

(3) Payment of Corporate Expenses by Stockholders

 

Existing stockholders transferred shares owned in the Company to pay corporate expenses. The services had a fair value of $562,500, based upon recent third party convertible debt (November 2013 offering) that was sold having a conversion price of $0.25/share.

 

The following transactions occurred during the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

Sale of Member Units

 

Prior to converting to a C Corp (see Note 1), the Subsidiary sold member units for $774,000. The sale reflected 4.5% of the subsidiary being sold, which reduced the parent’s ownership from 98.8% to 94.35%. The transaction was accounted for as a capital transaction since the parent had control of the Subsidiary at all times. The sale resulted in an allocation to the noncontrolling interest valued at $5,193.

 

Table of Contents F- 30  
 

(C) Stock Options

 

On September 3, 2013, the Company issued 300,000 stock options, having a fair value of $66,785, which was expensed immediately since all stock options vested immediately.  These options expire on September 2, 2018 (5 years). All options were granted to Board Directors for services rendered, and included as a component of general and administrative expense, as a result, these grants were considered related party transactions. Of the total options granted, 100,000 were cancelled in 2014 as a Board Director resigned.

 

The Company applied fair value accounting for all share based payment awards. The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes assumptions used in the year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:

 

Options Granted   200,000
Grant Date   September 3, 2013
Exercise Price $ 0.375
Expected Dividends   0%
Expected Volatility   150%
Risk Free Interest Rate   0.03%
Expected Life of Options    4 Years 
Expected Forfeitures   0%
Fair Value per Stock Option $ 0.20

 

 The following is a summary of the Company’s stock option activity:

 

            Weighted Average   Aggregate
        Weighted Average   Remaining Contractual Life   Intrinsic
    Options   Exercise Price   (In Years)   Value
  Balance - December 31, 2012       —         —         —         —    
  Granted       300,000       0.375       5.0       —    
  Exercised       —         —         —         —    
  Forfeited/Cancelled       —         —         —         —    
  Balance - December 31, 2013 - outstanding       300,000       0.375       4.67       —    
  Granted       —         —         —            
  Exercised       —         —         —            
  Granted       —         —         —            
  Forfeited/Cancelled       (100,000 )                        
  Balance- December 31, 2014       200,000       0.375       3.67          

 

 

(D) Stock Warrants

 

All warrants issued during 2014 and 2013 were accounted for as derivative liabilities as the warrants contained a ratchet feature. See Note 7.

 

During 2013, the Company issued 6,738,884 warrants. Of the total warrants granted, 4,338,884 expire 5 years from issuance, while 2,400,000 were scheduled to expire on December 31, 2013.

 

Table of Contents F- 31  
 

Of the total warrants granted during 2013, 6,614,801 were granted to third parties, while 124,083 were granted to related parties, consisting of the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer.

 

During 2014, the Company issued 5,390,100 warrants. The warrants granted expire 5 years from issuance on various dates during 2019.

 

During 2014, of the total warrants granted 4,740,100 granted to third parties, while 650,000 were granted to related parties, consisting of the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer.

 

During 2013, the Company entered into convertible, secured note agreements. As part of these agreements, the Company issued warrants to purchase 3,672,134 shares of common stock. The warrants vest immediately and expire November 26, 2018, with an exercise price of $0.375.

 

During 2013, the Company issued 3,066,750 warrants for services performed. The warrants vest immediately and expire on December 31, 2013 through November 25, 2018, with exercise prices ranging from $0.001 - $0.375.

 

During 2014, the Company entered into convertible, secured note agreements. As part of these agreements, the Company issued warrants to purchase 5,390,100 shares of common stock. The warrants vest immediately and expire on various dates in 2019, with an exercise price of $0.375. 

 

The Black-Scholes assumptions used in the computation of derivative expense for year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:

 

    2014   2013
 Stock price   $ 0.25     $ 0.25  
 Exercise price   $ 0.38     $ 0.38  
Expected dividends     0%       0%  
Expected volatility     150%       150%
 Risk free interest rate     1.65%       1.68%  
 Expected term     3.68 years       5 years  

  

A summary of warrant activity for the Company for the year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:

    Number of Warrants   Weighted Average Exercise Price   Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in Years)
                             
  Balance: December 31, 2012       —       $ —            
  Granted       6,738,884       0.242       5.0  
  Exercised       (1,400,000 )     —            
  Cancelled/Forfeited       (1,000,000 )     —            
  Balance: December 31, 2013       4,338,884       0.242       4.9  
  Granted       5,390,100       0.375       5.0  
  Exercised                          
  Cancelled/Forfeited       —         —            
  Balance: December 31, 2014       9,728,984     $ 0.375       4.2  

 

In April 2014, the Company received $1,000 in connection with a warrant exercise of 1,000,000 warrants that had been assigned from one investor (originally held 2,400,000 and exercised 1,400,000 in 2013). There was no additional compensation expense recorded on this transaction.

Table of Contents F- 32  
 

Note 13 Commitments

 

(A) Operating Lease

 

In October, 2014, the Company executed a 53 month lease for a new corporate headquarters with a base rent of $97,266 escalating annually through 2019. The Company paid a security deposit of $1,914.

 

In January 2014, the Company executed a 39 month lease for a corporate headquarters. The Company paid a security deposit of $27,020.

In October, 2014, the Company entered into a sublease agreement to sublease its previous office space through March, 2017.  In connection with the sublease, the Company collected $34,981 as a security deposit.

 

The minimum rent obligations are approximately as follows:

 

    Minimum   Sublease   Net
Year   Obligation   Rentals   Obligation
  2015     $ 97,901     $ 84,165     $ 13,736  
  2016       109,720       86,688       23,032  
  2017       46,568       22,263       24,305  
  2018       25,154       —         25,154  
  2019       8,614       —         8,614  
                             
  Total     $ 287,957     $ 193,116     $ 94,841  

 

(B) Employment Agreement – Chief Executive Officer

 

In November 2014, the Company entered into an employment agreement with its new Chief Executive Officer. In addition to salary, the agreement provided for the issuance of 750,000 restricted shares to him, vesting as follows: 250,000 after the first 6 months of employment and 500,000 additional shares at December 31, 2015. Under terms of the agreement the executive would receive additional compensation in the form of stock options to purchase shares of Company stock equal to one half of one percent (.005) of quarterly net income. The strike price of the options will be established at the time of the grant. The options will vest in twelve months and expire after sixty months. In addition to the stock options compensation, the executive has performance incentives tied to revenue and profits. As there were no revenues or profit for years ending December 31, 2014 or 2013, no additional options were issued or profit sharing compensation was provided to the Chief Executive Officer.

 

On November 15, 2013, the Company executed an employment agreement with the then Chief Executive Officer. The term commenced January 1, 2014 and was to expire on December 31, 2018. That agreement was cancelled upon the Company executing a Mutual Release and Waiver agreement (Termination Agreement) with the CEO dated November, 2014. The Termination Agreement allowed for immediate vesting of 750,000 shares of the original 1,250,000 unvested shares previously granted to the CEO. In addition the company agreed to pay the executive .5% (.005) of sales associated with one selected customer occurring for up to 36 months. As there were no sales or profit for year ending for year ending 2014 or 2013, no additional compensation was provided to this previous CEO.

 

(C) Consulting Agreement

 

On December 1, 2013, the Company executed a 3 year consulting agreement with a Non-Executive Director, having the following terms:

 

Annual salary of a minimum $150,000; and
Cash, stock or 5 year stock options (cashless exercise option by holder) equal to 0.5% of Company’s annual gross revenue (sales less returns and discounts).

Table of Contents F- 33  
 

Note 14 Going Concern

 

As reflected in the accompanying financial statements, the Company had net losses of $6,804,749 and $2,607,768 for year ending December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively and net cash used in operations of $1,800,231 and $685,729 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company had a working capital deficit of $5,850,064 and $1,810,104 at December 31, 2014 and 2013 respectively; accumulated deficit of $15,324,264 and $8,519,517 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

 

Management believes that the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern will be dependent on its ability successfully implement its plans, which includes the ability to generate sufficient funds from its operations. The Company’s ability to achieve these objectives cannot be determined at this time. In the event the Company does not achieve these objectives, it will be necessary to raise additional capital through debt and/or equity markets or from other traditional financing sources, including convertible debt and/or other term notes, until such time that funds provided by operations are sufficient to fund working capital requirements. There is no guarantee that the Company will be successful in raising additional capital. If the Company is unable to raise additional capital and/or generate significant sales growth in the near term there is a risk that the Company could default on debt maturing during 2015 and/or 2016, and could be required to significantly reduce the scope of its operations if no other means of financing operations are available.

 

Note 15 Subsequent Events

 

On January 23, 2015, the Company sent a letter agreement to the Investors holding Notes dated November 26, 2013 and May 8, 2014, which constituted all Investors with Filing Default Damages or Effectiveness Default Damages due to them pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements dated as of November 26, 2013 or June 30, 2014 (the “Agreement to Convert”). The Company invited the Investors, as applicable, to elect to convert the Interest Due and/or the Filing Default Damages and Effectiveness Default Damages into shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $0.25 per share, and asked each Investor, as applicable, to make such election by acknowledging and returning the letter agreement to the Company.

As of March 24, 2015, twenty-five 2013 Investors returned a signed Agreement and Waiver to the Company, resulting in Additional Interest of $6,532, three 2013 Investors refused to sign the Agreement and Waiver, and three 2013 Investors did not respond to the Company’s letter. One 2013 Investor elected to receive the Additional Interest in cash, and the remaining 2013 Investors who signed the Agreement and Waiver received a total of 25,753 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for Additional Interest totaling $6,435.

 

As of March 24, 2015, out of thirty-four Investors who received an Agreement to Convert, twenty Investors elected to convert the Interest Due, the Filing Default Damages and the Effectiveness Default Damages into shares of the Company’s common stock, six Investors elected to receive cash rather than convert, and eight Investors did not respond to the Company’s invitation. As a consequence, the Company will issue 1,575,490 shares of its common stock to accepting Investors in exchange for Interest Due, Filing Default Damages and Effectiveness Default Damages totaling $393,872.

 

In total, the Company will issue 1,601,243 shares of its common stock to Investors in exchange for Additional Interest, Interest Due, Filing Default Damages and Effectiveness Default Damages totaling $400,310.

Table of Contents F- 34  
 

This prospectus is part of a Registration Statement we filed with the SEC. You should rely only on the information or representations contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide information other than that provided in this prospectus. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction or state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of the document.

  

 

 

63,485,919 Shares of Common Stock

 

PROSPECTUS

 

[____], 2015

 

 

 

Table of Contents 62  
 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses payable by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereunder.  No expenses shall be borne by the selling shareholder.  All of the amounts shown are estimates, except for the SEC Registration Fees.

 

SEC registration fees   $ 2,200
Printing expenses*   $ 50
Accounting fees and expenses*   $ 12,000
Legal fees and expenses*   $ 30,000
Blue sky fees   $ 3,365
Miscellaneous*   $ 500
Total*   $ 48,115

* Estimate

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Our bylaws provide that our directors and officers will be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by the Florida Business Corporation Act. Specifically, our bylaws require the Company to indemnify any person who is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Company (hereinafter, a “director” or “officer”) and who is or was made or threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute mechanism, inquiry, investigation, hearing or other proceeding (hereinafter, a “proceeding“), including an action by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor and an action by or in the right of any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, which such person is serving, has served or has agreed to serve in any capacity at the request of the Company, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Company, or, while a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in any capacity, against (i) judgments, fines, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, taxes or penalties, and (ii) costs, charges and expenses, including attorneys’ fees (hereinafter, “expenses”), incurred in connection with such proceeding. However, a director and/or officer is not entitled to indemnification if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer and from which there is no further right to appeal establishes that (i) his or her acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or (ii) he or she personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or she was not legally entitled. The Company is required to indemnify a director or officer in connection with any suit (or part thereof) initiated by a director or officer only if such suit (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

All of the sales below were made in reliance on the exemption provided in Regulation S or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.  In connection with the sales under Regulation S, these securities were issued in offshore transactions to persons who are not U.S. Persons as defined by Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 and there were no directed selling efforts made in the United States.  In connection with the sale under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, the sales were made to accredited investors and there was no general solicitation.

Table of Contents 63  
 

On November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014, we consummated an offering (the “Notes Offering”) of secured convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $4,270,100 to institutional and individual investors (the “Note Investors”).

 

On November 26, 2013, May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014, in connection with the Notes Offering, we issued warrants to the Note Investors.

   

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

No. Description
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Registrant. *
3.2 Bylaws of Registrant. *
4.1 Form of Common Stock Certificate. *
5.1 Opinion of Thompson Hine LLP regarding the legality of the securities being registered. *
10.1 GE Trademark License Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2011, by and between GE Trademark Licensing, Inc. and SQL Lighting & Fans, LLC. *
10.2 First Amendment to Trademark License Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2013, by and between GE Trademark Licensing, Inc. and SQL Lighting & Fans, LLC. *
10.3 Form of Security Purchase Agreement for the Notes Offering closed November 26, 2013. *
10.4 Form of Registration Rights Agreement for the Notes Offering closed November 26, 2013. *
10.5 Form of Note Subscription Agreement for the Notes Offering closed November 26, 2013. *
10.6 Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant for the Notes Offering closed November 26, 2013. *
10.7 Form of Secured Convertible Promissory Note for the Notes Offering closed November 26, 2013. *
10.8 Form of Voting Agreement. *
10.9 Office Lease, dated as of December 17, 2013, by and between Metzler One Buckhead Plaza, L.P. and Safety Quick Light LLC. *
10.10 Trademark Assignment, dated November 14, 2013, by and between Safety Quick Light LLC and Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. *
10.11 Assignment, dated November 14, 2013, by and between Ran Kohen and Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. *
10.12 Assignment, dated November 13, 2013, by and between Ran Kohen and Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. *
10.13 Patent Assignment, dated November 14, 2013, by and between Safety Quick Light Ltd. and Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. *
10.14 Trademark Assignment, dated November 14, 2013, by and between Ran Kohen and Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. *
10.15 Loan Agreement, dated May 29, 2007, by and between Safety Quick Light LLC and Signature Bank of Georgia. *
10.16 U.S. Small Business Administration Note, dated May 29, 2007, by and between Safety Quick Light LLC and Signature Bank of Georgia. *
10.17 Allonge Modifying Note, dated August 30, 2012, by and between Safety Quick Light LLC and Signature Bank of Georgia. *
Table of Contents 64  
 
10.18 Consent Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2013, by and between Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp., Patricia Barron, Ran Roland Kohan, and Signature Bank of Georgia. *
10.19 Amendment No. 1 to Consent Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2013, by and between Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp., Patricia Barron, Ran Roland Kohan, and Signature Bank of Georgia. *
10.20 Form of Lock-Up Agreement. *
10.21 DSI Marketing Agreement. *
10.22 Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2014, by and between Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and James R. Hills. *
10.23 Consulting Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2013, by and between Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and Rani Kohen. *
10.24 Form of Security Purchase Agreement for the Notes Offering closed May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014. *
10.25 Form of Registration Rights Agreement for the Notes Offering closed May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014. *
10.26 Form of Note Subscription Agreement for the Notes Offering closed May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014. *
10.27 Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant for the Notes Offering closed May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014. *

 

10.28 Form of Secured Convertible Promissory Note for the Notes Offering closed May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014. *
10.29 Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant, issued by the Company to March and July 2012 investors. *
10.30 Form of Stock Option Agreement. *
10.31 Second Amendment to Trademark License Agreement, dated as of August 13 2014, by and between GE Trademark Licensing, Inc. and SQL Lighting & Fans, LLC. *
10.32 Office Lease dated October 24, 2014 between the Company and Highwoods DLF 98/29, LLC.
10.33 Sublease Agreement dated October 15, 2014 between the Company and Stableford Capital, LLC.
10.34 Agreement and Mutual Release and Waiver, dated November 21, 2014, between the Company and James R. Hills.
10.35 Executive Employment Agreement, dated November 21, 2014, between the Company and John P. Campi.
10.36 Form of Agreement and Waiver, dated December 10, 2014, between the Registrant and 2012 Investors.
10.37 Form of Letter Agreement, dated January 23, 2014, between the Registrant and holders of Notes dated November 26, 2013, to convert Interest Due and/or Filing Default Damages and Effectiveness Default Damages into shares of the Registrant’s common stock.
10.38 Form of Letter Agreement, dated January 23, 2014, between the Registrant and holders of Notes dated May 8, 2014, to convert Filing Default Damages and Effectiveness Default Damages into shares of the Registrant’s common stock.
21 Subsidiaries of Registrant.*
23.1 Consent of Thompson Hine LLP, included in Exhibit 5.1. +
23.2 Consent of Bongiovanni & Associates, PA.

+ Contained in Exhibit 5.1.
* Previously Filed.

 

Table of Contents 65  
 

Item 17.  Undertakings

 

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:
i. To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
ii. To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective Registration Statement;
iii. To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
(5) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Table of Contents 66  
 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized, in the State of Georgia, on May 28, 2015.

 

  SAFETY QUICK LIGHTING & FANS CORP.  
       
  By: /s/ John P. Campi  
    John P. Campi  
   

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

                  

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures   Title   Date
         
/s/ John P. Campi   Chief Executive Officer   May 28, 2015
John P. Campi        
         
/s/ Rani Kohen   Chairman of the Board and Director   May 28, 2015
Rani Kohen        
         
/s/ Phillips Peter   Director   May 28, 2015
Phillips Peter        
         
/s/ Tom Ridge   Director   May 28, 2015
Tom Ridge        
         
/s/ Dov Shiff   Director   May 28, 2015

Dov Shiff

 

       

 

Table of Contents 67  
 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

No. Description
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Registrant. *
3.2 Bylaws of Registrant. *
4.1 Form of Common Stock Certificate. *
5.1 Opinion of Thompson Hine LLP regarding the legality of the securities being registered. *
10.1 GE Trademark License Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2011, by and between GE Trademark Licensing, Inc. and SQL Lighting & Fans, LLC. *
10.2 First Amendment to Trademark License Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2013, by and between GE Trademark Licensing, Inc. and SQL Lighting & Fans, LLC. *
10.3 Form of Security Purchase Agreement for the Notes Offering closed November 26, 2013. *
10.4 Form of Registration Rights Agreement for the Notes Offering closed November 26, 2013. *
10.5 Form of Note Subscription Agreement for the Notes Offering closed November 26, 2013. *
10.6 Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant for the Notes Offering closed November 26, 2013. *
10.7 Form of Secured Convertible Promissory Note for the Notes Offering closed November 26, 2013. *
10.8 Form of Voting Agreement. *
10.9 Office Lease, dated as of December 17, 2013, by and between Metzler One Buckhead Plaza, L.P. and Safety Quick Light LLC. *
10.10 Trademark Assignment, dated November 14, 2013, by and between Safety Quick Light LLC and Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. *
10.11 Assignment, dated November 14, 2013, by and between Ran Kohen and Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. *
10.12 Assignment, dated November 13, 2013, by and between Ran Kohen and Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. *
10.13 Patent Assignment, dated November 14, 2013, by and between Safety Quick Light Ltd. and Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. *
10.14 Trademark Assignment, dated November 14, 2013, by and between Ran Kohen and Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. *
10.15 Loan Agreement, dated May 29, 2007, by and between Safety Quick Light LLC and Signature Bank of Georgia. *
10.16 U.S. Small Business Administration Note, dated May 29, 2007, by and between Safety Quick Light LLC and Signature Bank of Georgia. *
10.17 Allonge Modifying Note, dated August 30, 2012, by and between Safety Quick Light LLC and Signature Bank of Georgia. *
10.18 Consent Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2013, by and between Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp., Patricia Barron, Ran Roland Kohan, and Signature Bank of Georgia. *
10.19 Amendment No. 1 to Consent Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2013, by and between Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp., Patricia Barron, Ran Roland Kohan, and Signature Bank of Georgia. *
Table of Contents 68  
 
10.20 Form of Lock-Up Agreement. *
10.21 DSI Marketing Agreement. *
10.22 Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2014, by and between Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and James R. Hills. *
10.23 Consulting Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2013, by and between Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and Rani Kohen. *
10.24 Form of Security Purchase Agreement for the Notes Offering closed May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014. *
10.25 Form of Registration Rights Agreement for the Notes Offering closed May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014. *
10.26 Form of Note Subscription Agreement for the Notes Offering closed May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014. *
10.27 Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant for the Notes Offering closed May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014. *

 

10.28 Form of Secured Convertible Promissory Note for the Notes Offering closed May 8, 2014 and June 25, 2014. *
10.29 Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant, issued by the Company to March and July 2012 investors. *
10.30 Form of Stock Option Agreement. *
10.31 Second Amendment to Trademark License Agreement, dated as of August 13 2014, by and between GE Trademark Licensing, Inc. and SQL Lighting & Fans, LLC. *
10.32 Office Lease dated October 24, 2014 between the Company and Highwoods DLF 98/29, LLC.
10.33 Sublease Agreement dated October 15, 2014 between the Company and Stableford Capital, LLC.
10.34 Agreement and Mutual Release and Waiver, dated November 21, 2014, between the Company and James R. Hills.
10.35 Executive Employment Agreement, dated November 21, 2014, between the Company and John P. Campi.
10.36 Form of Agreement and Waiver, dated December 10, 2014, between the Registrant and 2012 Investors.
10.37 Form of Letter Agreement, dated January 23, 2014, between the Registrant and holders of Notes dated November 26, 2013, to convert Interest Due and/or Filing Default Damages and Effectiveness Default Damages into shares of the Registrant’s common stock.
10.38 Form of Letter Agreement, dated January 23, 2014, between the Registrant and holders of Notes dated May 8, 2014, to convert Filing Default Damages and Effectiveness Default Damages into shares of the Registrant’s common stock.
21 Subsidiaries of Registrant.*
23.1 Consent of Thompson Hine LLP, included in Exhibit 5.1. +
23.2 Consent of Bongiovanni & Associates, PA.

 +     Contained in Exhibit 5.1.

* Previously Filed.

Table of Contents 69  

 

Exhibit 10.32

 

HIGHWOODS REALTY DLF 98/29, LLC

(“LANDLORD”)

 

SAFETY QUICK LIGHTING & FANS CORP.

(“TENANT”)

 

OFFICE LEASE

 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article 1: Basic Definitions and Provisions

a.       Premises

b.       Term

c.        Lease Year

d.       Permitted Use

e.        Occupancy Limitation

f.         Base Rent

g.       Rent Payment Address

h.       Security Deposit

i.         Business Hours

j.         After Hours HVAC Rate

k.        Parking

l.         Notice Addresses

m.      Broker

n.       Authorized Representative

Article 2: Leased Premises

a. Premises

b. Common Areas

Article 3: Term

a. Commencement and Expiration Dates

b. Delivery of Possession

c. Right to Occupy

Article 4: Use

a. Permitted Use

b. Prohibited Equipment in Premises

Article 5: Rent

a. Payment Obligations

b. Base Rent

c. Additional Rent

Article 6: Security Deposit

Article 7: Services by Landlord

a. Base Services

b. Landlord's Maintenance

c. No Abatement

Article 8: Tenant’s Acceptance and Maintenance of Premises

a. Acceptance of Premises

b. Move-in Obligations

c. Tenant's Maintenance

d. Alterations to Premises

e. Restoration of Premises

f. Landlord's Performance of Tenant's Obligations

g. Construction Liens

Article 9: Property of Tenant

Article 10: Signs

Article 11: Access to Premises

a. Tenant's Access

b. Landlord's Access

Article 12: Tenant’s Compliance

Article 13: Insurance Requirements

a. Tenant's Liability Insurance

b. Tenant's Property Insurance

c. Certificates of Insurance

     
 

d. Insurance Policy Requirements

e. Right to Increase Requirements

f. Landlord's Property Insurance

g. Mutual Waiver of Subrogation

Article 14: Indemnity

Article 15: Quiet Enjoyment

Article 16: Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance; and Estoppel Certificate

a. Subordination and Attornment

b. Non-Disturbance

c. Estoppel Certificates

Article 17: Assignment – Sublease

a. Landlord Consent

b. Permitted Assignments/Subleases

c. Notice to Landlord

d. Prohibited Assignments/Sublease

e. Limitation on Rights of Assignee/Sublessee

f.  Tenant Not Released

g. Landlord's Right to Collect Sublease Rents Upon Tenant Default

h. Excess Rents

i.  Landlord's Fees

Article 18: Damages to Premises

a. Landlord’s Restoration Obligations

b. Tenant’s Restoration Obligations

c. Termination of Lease by Landlord

d. Termination of Lease by Tenant

e. Rent Abatement

Article 19: Eminent Domain

a. Effect on Lease

b. Right to Condemnation Award

Article 20: Environmental Compliance

a. Tenant's Responsibility

b. Liability of the Parties

c. Inspections by Landlord

Article 21: Default

a. Tenant's Default

b. Landlord's Remedies

c. Landlord's Expenses

d. Remedies Cumulative

e. No Accord and Satisfaction

f.  No Reinstatement

g. Landlord’s Default

h. Summary Ejectment

Article 22: Multiple Defaults

a. Loss of Option Rights

b.  Increased Security Deposit

Article 23: Bankruptcy

a. Trustee's Rights

b. Adequate Assurance

c.  Assumption of Lease Obligations

Article 24: Notices

a. Addresses

b. Form; Delivery; Receipt

Article 25: Holding Over

Article 26: Right to Relocate

     
 

a. Substitute Premises

b. Upfit of Substitute Premises

c. Relocation Costs

d. Lease Terms

Article 27: Broker’s Commissions

Article 28: Anti-Terrorism Laws

Article 29: General Provisions/Definitions

a. No Agency

b. Force Majeure

c. Building Standard Improvements

d. Limitation on Damages

e. Satisfaction of Judgments Against Landlord

f. Interest

g. Legal Costs

h. Sale of Premises or Building

i. Time of the Essence

j. Transfer of Security Deposit

k. Tender of Premises

l. Tenant’s Financial Statements

m. Recordation

n. Partial Invalidity

o. Binding Effect

p. Entire Agreement; Construction

q. Good Standing

r. Choice of Law

s. Effective Date

Article 30: Special Conditions

Article 31: Addenda and Exhibits

a. Lease Addendum Number One – “Work Letter”

b. Lease Addendum Number Two – “Additional Rent – Operating Expenses and Taxes”

c. Exhibit A – Premises

d. Exhibit B – Rules and Regulations

e. Exhibit C – Commencement Agreement

f. Exhibit D – Acceptance of Premises

 
 

OFFICE LEASE

 

THIS OFFICE LEASE ("Lease"), made this 24th day of October, 2014, by and between HIGHWOODS DLF 98/29, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and SAFETY QUICK LIGHTING & FANS CORP. , a Florida corporation (“Tenant”), provides as follows:

 

1. BASIC DEFINITIONS AND PROVISIONS. The following basic definitions and provisions apply to this Lease:
a. Premises. Rentable Square Feet: 1,290

Suite: 154

Building: One Point Royal

Office Park: Royal 400 Business Park

Street Address: 4400 North Point Parkway

City/County: Atlanta/Fulton

State/Zip Code: Georgia/30022

 

b. Term. Number of Months: 53 Full Calendar Months

Commencement Date: December 1, 2014

Rent Commencement Date: December 1, 2014

Expiration Date: April 30, 2019

 

c. Lease Year. The term “Lease Year” shall have the following meaning: the first Lease Year shall commence as of the Commencement Date and shall end on the last day of the 12 th full month thereafter. If the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, the first Lease Year shall include the partial month that includes the Commencement Date and the 12 full months immediately following the partial month. Each successive Lease Year shall be the 12-month period commencing on the day immediately following the last day of the prior Lease Year except for any shorter period necessitated by the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.
d. Permitted Use. General office use
e. Occupancy Limitation. No more than 4 persons per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises.
f. Base Rent. The minimum base rent for the Term is $97,265.53, payable in monthly installments on the 1 st day of each month in accordance with the following Base Rent Schedule:
MONTHS PER RENTABLE SQUARE FOOT MONTHLY RENT PERIOD RENT
12/01/14 – 09/30/15 $  8.90* $  956.75* $9,567.50
10/01/15 – 11/30/15 $17.80 $1,913.50 $3,827.00
12/01/15 – 11/30/16 $18.33 $1,970.91 $23,650.92
12/01/16 – 11/30/17 $18.88 $2,030.04 $24,360.48
12/01/17 – 11/30/18 $19.45 $2,090.94 $25,091.28
12/01/18 – 04/30/19 $20.03 $2,153.67 $10,768.35
    CUMULATIVE BASE RENT   $97,265.53

* Landlord is agreeing to waive one-half of minimum Base Rent for the first ten (10) months of the Term; and the Base Rent for such period otherwise would have been $1,913.50 per month. Accordingly, Landlord has agreed to conditionally waive receipt of $9,567.50 (the “Conditionally Waived Rent”) subject to Tenant’s compliance with all terms and provisions of this Lease. In the event of any default by Tenant under this Lease that is not cured within any relevant grace or cure period, all of the Conditionally Waived Rent, or so much of it as would have by then accrued but for such conditional waiver, may then, at Landlord’s option exercised by written notice to Tenant, become immediately due and payable; and Base Rent shall prospectively accrue as if there had been no agreement as to the Conditionally Waived Rent. Upon expiration of this Lease, without any such uncured default and acceleration, the Conditionally Waived Rent shall be permanently forgiven.

     
 

g. Rent Payment Address. HIGHWOODS DLF 98/29, LLC

P.O. Box 409419

Atlanta, Georgia 30384

Tax ID #: 56-2124217

 

h. Security Deposit. One month’s base rental, or $1,913.50
i. Business Hours. 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday (excluding New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day).
j. After Hours HVAC Rate. $50.00 per hour, per zone, with a minimum of four (4) hours per occurrence provided Tenant has requested (during normal business hours) after hours HVAC at least four (4) business hours in advance.
k. Parking. Unreserved and nonexclusive; not to exceed 4 spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet.
l. Notice Addresses.

LANDLORD: HIGHWOODS DLF 98/29, LLC

c/o Highwoods Properties, Inc.

2200 Century Parkway, Suite 800

Atlanta, Georgia 30345

Attn: Manager, Lease Administration

with a copy to: Highwoods Properties, Inc.

3100 Smoketree Court, Suite 600

Raleigh, North Carolina 27604

Attn: Manager, Lease Administration and Legal Department

 

TENANT: SAFETY QUICK LIGHTING & FANS CORP.

4400 North Point Parkway, Suite 154

Atlanta, Georgia 30022

Attn: Patty Barron

Facsimile#: _____________________

 

m. Broker Avison Young – Atlanta, LLC

30 Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard, NW, Suite 900

Atlanta, Georgia 30308

Attn: Doug Eidson

Facsimile #: 404-855-3689

 

n. Authorized Representative: Patty Barron
2. LEASED PREMISES.
a. Premises . Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises identified in Section 1a and as more particularly shown on Exhibit A, attached hereto. The parties acknowledge that all square foot measurements are approximate and agree that the square footage figures in Section 1a shall be conclusive for all purposes with respect to this Lease.
b. Common Areas . Tenant shall have non-exclusive access to those portions of the Building not set aside for leasing to tenants or reserved for Landlord’s exclusive use, including, but not limited to, entrances, hallways, lobbies, elevators, restrooms, walkways, parking areas and structures, and plazas, if any (“Common Areas”). Landlord has the exclusive right to (i) designate the Common Areas, (ii) change the designation of any Common Area and otherwise modify the Common Areas, and (iii) permit special use of the Common Areas, including temporary exclusive use for special occasions. Tenant shall not interfere with the rights of others to use the Common Areas. All use of the Common Areas shall be subject to any rules and regulations reasonably promulgated by Landlord.
     
 
3. TERM .
a. Commencement and Expiration Dates . The Lease Term commences on the Commencement Date and expires on the Expiration Date, as set forth in Section 1b. The Commencement Date and Expiration Date shall be adjusted as follows:
i. If Tenant requests possession of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, and Landlord consents, the Commencement Date shall be the date of possession. All Rent (as hereafter defined) and other obligations under this Lease shall begin on the date of possession, but the Expiration Date shall remain the same; provided, however, that if the Rent Commencement Date set forth in Section 1b is different than the Commencement Date, then the Rent Commencement Date shall be adjusted so as to maintain the same amount of time between the Rent Commencement Date and the earlier Commencement Date, and Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall begin on the adjusted Rent Commencement Date.
ii. If Landlord, for any reason, cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Commencement Date, then the Commencement Date, Expiration Date, and all other dates that may be affected by their change, shall be revised to conform to the date of Landlord's delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant. Any such delay shall not relieve Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, and neither Landlord nor Landlord's agents shall be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting from the delay in delivery of possession. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises within 90 days after the original Commencement Date set forth in Section 1b (excluding any delays resulting from force majeure or caused by Tenant – “Excused Delays”), then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving notice to Landlord within 100 days of the original Commencement Date (excluding Excused Delays). Tenant may not terminate the Lease, however, if it has taken possession of any part of the Premises.
iii. At Landlord’s election, the Commencement Date and Expiration Date may be set forth in a Commencement Agreement similar to Exhibit C , attached hereto, to be prepared by Landlord and promptly executed by the parties.
b. Delivery of Possession . Unless otherwise specified in the Workletter attached as Lease Addendum Number One, “delivery of possession” of the Premises shall mean the earlier of: (i) the date Landlord has the Premises ready for occupancy by Tenant, or (ii) the date Landlord could have had the Premises ready had there been no delays attributable to Tenant.
c. Right to Occupy . Prior to occupancy of the Premises, Tenant’s Authorized Representative shall execute an Acceptance of Premises similar to Exhibit D attached hereto, to be prepared by Landlord and executed by the parties. Tenant shall not occupy the Premises until Tenant has complied with all of the following requirements to the extent applicable under the terms of this Lease: (i) delivery of all certificates of insurance, (ii) payment of any required Security Deposit, (iii) execution and delivery of any required Guaranty of Lease, and (iv) if Tenant is an entity, receipt of resolutions depicting the authority of the party/individual signing on behalf of Tenant and a good standing certificate from the State where it was organized and a certificate of authority to do business in the State in which the Premises are located (if different). Tenant’s failure to comply with these (or any other conditions precedent to occupancy under the terms of this Lease) shall not delay the Commencement Date.
4. USE.
a. Permitted Use. The Premises may be used only for general office purposes in connection with Tenant’s Permitted Use as defined in Section 1d and in accordance with the Occupancy Limitation as set forth in Section 1e. Tenant shall not use the Premises:
i. In violation of any restrictive covenants which apply to the Premises;
ii. In any manner that constitutes a nuisance or trespass or disturb other tenants in the Building or Office Park, as applicable;
iii. In any manner which increases any insurance premiums, or makes such insurance unavailable to Landlord on the Building; provided that, in the event of an increase in Landlord's insurance premiums which results from Tenant's use of the Premises, Landlord may elect to permit the use and charge Tenant for the increase in premiums, and Tenant’s failure to pay Landlord the amount of such increase within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s written demand shall be an event of default;
     
 
iv. In any manner that creates unusual demands for electricity, heating or air conditioning; or
v. For any purpose except the Permitted Use, unless consented to by Landlord in writing.
b. Prohibited Equipment in Premises. Tenant shall not use or install any equipment in the Premises that places unusual demands on the electrical, heating or air conditioning systems (“High Demand Equipment”) without Landlord’s prior written consent. No such consent will be given if Landlord determines, in its opinion, that such High Demand Equipment may not be safely used in the Premises or that electrical service is not adequate to support the High Demand Equipment. Landlord’s consent may be conditioned, without limitation, upon separate metering of the High Demand Equipment and Tenant’s payment of all engineering, equipment, installation, maintenance, removal and restoration costs and utility charges associated with the High Demand Equipment and the separate meter, as well as administrative costs as provided below. If High Demand Equipment used in the Premises by Tenant affects the temperature otherwise maintained by the heating and air conditioning system, Landlord shall have the right to install supplemental air conditioning units in the Premises and/or require Tenant to use any existing supplemental units serving the Premises. If supplemental units are required by Landlord pursuant to the foregoing sentence, or if Tenant requests the installation and/or use of any supplemental use of any supplemental units, then the cost of engineering, installation, operation and maintenance of the units shall be paid by Tenant. All costs and expenses relating to High Demand Equipment and Landlord’s administrative costs (such as reading meters and calculating invoices) shall be Additional Rent, payable by Tenant in accordance with Section 7b.
5. RENT.
a. Payment Obligations. Beginning on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Base Rent and Additional Rent (collectively, “Rent”) on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term, as follows:
i. Rent payments shall be sent to the Rent Payment Address set forth in Section 1g .
ii. Rent shall be paid without previous demand or notice and without set off or deduction. Tenant's obligation to pay Rent under this Lease is completely separate and independent from any of Landlord's obligations under this Lease. Any payment by Tenant or acceptance by Landlord of a lesser amount than shall be due from Tenant to Landlord shall be treated as a payment on account. The acceptance by Landlord of a check or other draft for a lesser amount with an endorsement or statement thereon, or upon any letter accompanying such check, that such lesser amount is payment in full shall be given no effect, and Landlord may accept such check or draft without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which Landlord may have against Tenant.
iii. If the Rent Commencement Date is a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then Rent for such month shall be (i) prorated for the period between the Rent Commencement Date and the last day of the month in which the Rent Commencement Date falls, and (ii) due and payable on the Rent Commencement Date.
iv. If Rent is not received within five days of the due date, Landlord shall be entitled to an overdue payment fee in the amount of the greater of $10.00 or five percent (5%) of all Rent due.
v. If Landlord presents Tenant's check to any bank and Tenant has insufficient funds to pay for such check, then Landlord shall be entitled to the maximum lawful bad check fee or five percent (5%) of the amount of such check, whichever amount is less.
b. Base Rent. Tenant shall pay Base Rent as set forth in Section 1f.
c. Additional Rent . In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay as rent all sums and charges due and payable by Tenant under this Lease (“Additional Rent”), including, but not limited to, Tenant's Proportionate Share of the increase in Operating Expenses and Taxes as set forth in Lease Addendum Number Two.
     
 
6. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Simultaneously with Tenant’s execution and delivery of the Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a Security Deposit in the amount set forth in Section 1h. Landlord shall retain the Security Deposit as security for the performance by Tenant of all of its Lease obligations. The Security Deposit shall not bear interest and may be commingled with other funds. If Tenant at any time fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease, including, without limitation, its Rent or other payment obligations, its restoration obligations, or its insurance and indemnity obligations, then Landlord, may, at its option, apply the Security Deposit (or any portion) to cure Tenant's default or to pay for damages caused by Tenant’s default. If the Lease has been terminated, then Landlord may apply the Security Deposit (or any portion) against the damages incurred as a consequence of Tenant’s breach. The application of the Security Deposit shall not limit Landlord’s remedies for default under the terms of this Lease. If Landlord depletes the Security Deposit, in whole or in part, prior to the Expiration Date or any termination of this Lease, then Tenant shall restore immediately the amount so used by Landlord. Within 30 days after the expiration or earlier termination date of this Lease, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any unused portion of the Security Deposit after first deducting the amounts, if any, necessary to cure any outstanding default of Tenant, to pay any outstanding damages for Tenant’s breach of the Lease, or to restore the Premises to the condition to which Tenant is required to leave the Premises upon the expiration or termination of the Lease. Landlord shall deliver the unused portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant’s Notice Address set forth in Section 1l above. If Tenant’s Notice Address is the address for the Premises, then Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of a forwarding address to which Landlord should send the Security Deposit. If: (a) Landlord sends the unused portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant’s Notice Address or, if applicable, the forwarding address as directed by Tenant; (b) the Security Deposit is returned to Landlord as “undeliverable” for any reason other than an error by Landlord or the mail courier; and (c) Landlord, after using its best efforts, is unable to locate Tenant within 90 days thereafter, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived any rights Tenant has to the unused portion of the Security Deposit, and Landlord may retain the Security Deposit for its own use. Tenant may not credit any unused portion of the Security Deposit against Rent owed under the Lease.
7. SERVICES BY LANDLORD .
a. Base Services. Provided that Tenant is not then in default beyond any applicable cure period, Landlord shall cause to be furnished to the Building, or as applicable, the Premises, in common with other tenants the following services:
i. Water (if available from city mains) for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes.
ii. Electricity (if available from the utility supplier) for the building standard fluorescent lighting and for the operation of general office machines.
iii. Building standard fluorescent lighting composed of 2' x 4' fixtures; Tenant shall service, replace and maintain at its own expense any incandescent fixtures, table lamps, or lighting other than the Building Standard fluorescent light, and any dimmers or lighting controls other than controls for the building standard fluorescent lighting.
iv. Heating and air conditioning for the reasonably comfortable use and occupancy of the Premises during Business Hours as set forth in Section 1i.
v. After Business Hours, weekend and holiday heating and air conditioning at the After Hours HVAC rate set forth in Section 1j, with such charges subject to commercially reasonable annual increases as determined by Landlord.
vi. Janitorial services five days a week (excluding National and State holidays) after Business Hours.
vii. A reasonable pro-rata share of the unreserved, nonexclusive parking spaces of the Building, not to exceed the Parking specified in Section 1k, for use by Tenant's employees and visitors in common with the other tenants and their employees and visitors.
     
 
b. Landlord’s Maintenance. Landlord shall make all repairs and replacements to the Building (including Building fixtures and equipment), Common Areas and Building Standard Improvements in the Premises, except for repairs and replacements that Tenant must make under Article 8. Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or maintain Non-Standard Improvements (as defined in this Lease). Landlord’s maintenance shall include the roof, foundation, exterior walls, interior structural walls, all structural components, and all Building systems, such as mechanical, electrical, HVAC, and plumbing. Repairs or replacements shall be made within a reasonable time (depending on the nature of the repair or replacement needed) after receiving notice from Tenant or Landlord having actual knowledge of the need for a repair or replacement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision herein to the contrary, in the event that any supplemental air conditioning units are installed in the Premises pursuant to Section 4.b above by or on behalf of Tenant, at Tenant’s request or by Landlord, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs associated with the installation, operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the supplemental units, including, without limitation, all electrical costs associated with the supplemental units, which shall be separately metered and due and payable by Tenant within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any supplemental units that are two tons or less shall not be separately metered; instead, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on a monthly basis for the costs and expenses associated with electrical service for each of these units (the “HVAC Reimbursement”). The monthly HVAC Reimbursement shall be Additional Rent and shall be due and payable at the same time and in the same manner as monthly Base Rent. The amount of the monthly HVAC Reimbursement for each unit shall be determined according to the following formula:

 

(# tons of the supplemental unit) x (1.5 kW/ton) x (500 hours) x (Average Rate/kWh) = monthly HVAC Reimbursement per unit

 

The Average Rate/kWh is a fraction, the numerator of which is the average cost of electricity billed to Landlord by the applicable utility provider during the applicable billing cycle, and the denominator of which is the total kWh consumed at the Building during that same billing cycle. Landlord shall have the right to adjust the monthly HVAC Reimbursement annually based on the Average Rate/kWh for the preceding 12-month period, and Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the adjustment. With respect to determining the Average Rate/kWh for any newly constructed buildings, the Average Rate/kWh for the first 12 months following the completion of the new building shall be the average of the Average Rate/kWh for all of the buildings owned by Landlord or its affiliates in the greater Atlanta, Georgia area for the billing cycle immediately preceding the completion of the new building; thereafter, the Average Rate/kWh for the new building shall be determined and adjusted as set forth above.

 

c. No Abatement. There shall be no abatement or reduction of Rent by reason of any of the foregoing services not being continuously provided to Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to shut down the Building systems (including electricity and HVAC systems) for required maintenance and safety inspections, and in cases of emergency.
8. TENANT'S ACCEPTANCE AND MAINTENANCE OF PREMISES .
a. Acceptance of Premises . Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Lease, Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises is Tenant’s representation to Landlord that (i) Tenant has examined and inspected the Premises, (ii) finds the Premises to be as represented by Landlord and satisfactory for Tenant's intended use, and (iii) constitutes Tenant's acceptance of the Premises "as is". Landlord makes no representation or warranty as to the condition of the Premises except as specifically set forth elsewhere in this Lease.
     
 
b. Move-In Obligations. Tenant shall schedule its move-in with the Landlord’s Property Manager. Unless otherwise approved by Landlord’s Property Manager, move-in shall not take place during Business Hours. Prior to the move-in, Tenant must provide the name, address and contact information for Tenant’s moving company, and the moving company must comply with Landlord’s requirements, including insurance. During Tenant’s move-in, a representative of Tenant must be on-site with Tenant’s moving company to insure proper treatment of the Building and the Premises. Elevators, entrances, hallways and other Common Areas must remain in use for the general public during business hours. Any specialized use of elevators or other Common Areas must be coordinated with Landlord’s Property Manager. Tenant must properly dispose of all packing material and refuse in accordance with the Rules and Regulations. Any damage or destruction to the Building or the Premises caused by Tenant or its moving company, employees, agents or contractors during Tenant’s move-in will be the sole responsibility of Tenant.
c. Tenant’s Maintenance. Tenant shall: (i) keep the Premises and fixtures in good order; (ii) repair and replace Non-Standard Improvements installed by or at Tenant's request that serve the Premises (unless the Lease is ended because of casualty loss or condemnation); and (iii) not commit waste. “Non-Standard Improvements” means such items as (i) High Demand Equipment and separate meters, (ii) all wiring and cabling from the point of origin to the termination point, (iii) raised floors for computer or communications systems, (iv) telephone equipment, security systems, and UPS systems, (iv) equipment racks, (v) alterations installed by or at the request of Tenant after the Commencement Date, (vi) equipment installed in a kitchen, kitchenette or break room within the Premises, including any ice machine, refrigerator, dishwasher, garbage disposal, coffee machine and microwave, sink and related faucets, water filter and water purification system, (vii) kitchen drain lines; and (ix) any other improvements that are not part of the Building Standard Improvements, including, but not limited to, special equipment, decorative treatments, lights and fixtures and executive restrooms.
d. Alterations to Premises. Tenant shall make no structural or interior alterations to the Premises without the prior written approval of Landlord. If Tenant requests alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a complete set of construction drawings. If the requested alterations are approved by Landlord, then Landlord shall determine the actual cost of the work to be done [to include a construction supervision fee of ten percent (10%)]. Tenant may then either agree to pay Landlord to have the work done or withdraw its request for alterations. The construction supervision fee for the initial tenant improvements shall be as provided in the attached Workletter, if any.
e. Restoration of Premises. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall (i) deliver each and every part of the Premises in good repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by insured casualty excepted, and (ii) restore the Premises at Tenant's sole expense to the same condition as existed at the Commencement Date, ordinary wear and tear and damage by insured casualty excepted. If Tenant has required or installed Non-Standard Improvements, such improvements shall be removed as part of Tenant’s restoration obligation. Landlord, however, may grant Tenant the right to leave any Non-Standard Improvements in the Premises if at the time of such Non-Standard Improvements were installed, Landlord agreed in writing that Tenant could leave such improvements. Tenant shall repair any damage caused by the removal of any Non-Standard Improvements.
f. Landlord’s Performance of Tenant’s Obligations. If Tenant does not perform its maintenance or restoration obligations in a timely manner, commencing the same within five days after receipt of notice from Landlord specifying the work needed, and thereafter diligently and continuously pursuing the work until completion, then Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform such work on Tenant’s behalf. Any amounts expended by Landlord on such maintenance or restoration shall be Additional Rent to be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 10 days after demand.
     
 
g. Construction Liens. Tenant shall keep Landlord’s property, including, without limitation, the Premises, Building, Common Areas and real estate upon which the Building and Common Areas are situated (collectively “Landlord’s Property”), free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant. Should any lien or claim of lien be filed against Landlord’s Property by reason of any act or omission of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or representatives, then Tenant shall cause the same to be canceled and discharged of record by bond or otherwise within 10 days after the filing thereof. Should Tenant fail to discharge the lien within 10 days, then Landlord may discharge the lien. The amount paid by Landlord to discharge the lien (whether directly or by bond), plus all administrative and legal costs incurred by Landlord, shall be Additional Rent payable by Tenant within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s written demand. The remedies provided herein shall be in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or otherwise.
9. PROPERTY OF TENANT. Tenant shall pay when due all taxes levied or assessed upon Tenant's equipment, fixtures, furniture, leasehold improvements and personal property located in the Premises. Provided Tenant is not in default, Tenant may remove all fixtures and equipment which it has placed in the Premises; provided, however, Tenant must repair all damages caused by such removal. If Tenant does not remove its property from the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination (for whatever cause) of this Lease, such property shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord may dispose of the same in whatever manner Landlord may elect without any liability to Tenant.
10. SIGNS. Tenant may not erect, install or display any sign or advertising material upon the exterior of the Building or Premises (including any exterior doors, walls or windows) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Door and directory signage shall be provided and installed by the Landlord in accordance with building standards at Tenant’s expense, unless otherwise provided in the Workletter attached as Lease Addendum Number One.
11. ACCESS TO PREMISES .
a. Tenant’s Access. Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees, and guests, shall have access to the Premises and reasonable ingress and egress to the Common Areas of the Building 24 hours a day, seven days a week; provided, however, Landlord by reasonable regulation may control such access for the comfort, convenience, safety and protection of all tenants in the Building, or as needed for making repairs and alterations. Tenant shall be responsible for providing access to the Premises to its agents, employees, invitees and guests after Business Hours and on weekends and holidays, but in no event shall Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises during non-Business Hours compromise the security of the Building.
b. Landlord’s Access. Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time without notice in the event of an emergency. Additionally, Landlord shall have the right, at all reasonable times and upon reasonable oral notice, either itself or through its authorized agents, to enter the Premises (i) to make repairs, alterations or changes that Landlord is permitted or required to make pursuant to the terms of this Lease, (ii) to inspect the Premises, mechanical systems and electrical devices, and (iii) to show the Premises to prospective mortgagees and purchasers. Within 180 days prior to the Expiration Date, Landlord shall have the right, either itself or through its authorized agents, to enter the Premises at all reasonable times to show prospective tenants. Except in cases of emergency, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interruption to Tenant’s business operations during any entry by Landlord into the Premises.
12. TENANT’S COMPLIANCE . Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations affecting the Premises, whether now existing or hereafter enacted. Tenant shall comply with the Rules and Regulations attached as Exhibit B. The Rules and Regulations may be modified from time to time by Landlord, effective as of the date delivered to Tenant or posted on the Premises, provided such rules are reasonable in scope and uniformly applicable to all tenants in the Building. Any conflict between this Lease and the Rules and Regulations shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.
     
 
13. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS .
a. Tenant’s Liability Insurance. Throughout the Term, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall keep or cause to be kept for the mutual benefit of Landlord, Landlord's Property Manager, and Tenant, Commercial General Liability Insurance (1986 ISO Form or its equivalent) with a combined single limit, each Occurrence and General Aggregate-per location, of at least $2,000,000.00, which policy shall insure against liability of Tenant, arising out of and in connection with Tenant's use of the Premises, and which shall insure the indemnity provisions contained in this Lease. Landlord and its managing agent shall be named as an Additional Insured on any and all liability insurance policies required under this Lease.
b. Tenant’s Property Insurance. Tenant, at its own cost and expense, shall also carry the equivalent of ISO Special Form Property Insurance on Tenant’s Property for full replacement value and with coinsurance waived. For purposes of this provision, “Tenant’s Property” shall mean Tenant’s personal property and fixtures, and any improvements to the Premises that were paid for by Tenant (and were not provided to the Premises pursuant to a tenant improvement allowance provided to Tenant by Landlord or at Landlord’s cost).
c. Certificates of Insurance. Prior to taking possession of the Premises, and annually thereafter, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates or other evidence of insurance satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant fails to provide Landlord with certificates or other evidence of insurance coverage, Landlord may obtain the required coverage on Tenant’s behalf, in which event the cost of such coverage shall be Additional Rent due and payable by Tenant within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s written demand.
d. Insurance Policy Requirements. Tenant’s insurance policies required by this Lease shall: (i) be issued by insurance companies licensed to do business in the state in which the Premises are located with a general policyholder's ratings of at least A- and a financial rating of at least VI in the most current Best's Insurance Reports available on the Commencement Date, or if the Best's ratings are changed or discontinued, the parties shall agree to a comparable method of rating insurance companies; (ii) endorsed to be primary to all insurance available to Landlord, with Landlord’s being excess, secondary or noncontributory; (iii) contain only standard and/or usual exclusions or restrictions; (iv) have a deductible or self-insured retention of no more than $50,000.00 unless approved in writing by Landlord; and (v) provide that the policies cannot be canceled, non-renewed, or coverage reduced except after at least 30 days' prior notice to Landlord. All deductibles and/or retentions shall be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at Tenant’s sole risk. Tenant may provide the insurance required by virtue of the terms of this Lease by means of a policy or policies of blanket insurance so long as: (a) the amount of the total insurance allocated to the Premises under the terms of the blanket policy or policies furnishes protection equivalent to that of separate policies in the amounts required by the terms of this Lease; and (b) the blanket policy or policies comply in all other respects with the requirements of this Lease.
e. Right to Increase Requirements. Landlord shall have the right, upon prior notice to Tenant but no more than once every three years during the Term, to require Tenant to increase the limit and coverage amount of any insurance Tenant is required to maintain under this Lease to an amount that Landlord or its mortgagee, in the reasonable judgment of either, may deem sufficient, provided that the increased limits are reasonable and consistent with those required by other owners of similar office buildings in the same geographic region.
f. Landlord’s Property Insurance. Landlord shall keep the Building, including the improvements (but excluding Tenant’s Property), insured against damage and destruction by perils insured by the equivalent of ISO Special Form Property Insurance for full replacement value.
     
 
g. Mutual Waiver of Subrogation. Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord hereby releases and waives unto Tenant (including all partners, stockholders, officers, directors, employees and agents thereof), its successors and assigns, and Tenant hereby releases and waives unto Landlord (including all partners, stockholders, officers, directors, employees and agents thereof), its successors and assigns, all rights to claim damages for any injury, loss, cost or damage to persons or to the Premises or any other casualty, as long as the amount of such injury, loss, cost or damage has been paid either to Landlord, Tenant, or any other person, firm or corporation, under the terms of any Property, General Liability, or other policy of insurance, to the extent such releases or waivers are permitted under applicable law. As respects all policies of insurance carried or maintained pursuant to this Lease and to the extent permitted under such policies, Tenant and Landlord each waive the insurance carriers’ rights of subrogation. For purposes of this provision, insurance proceeds paid to either party shall be deemed to include any deductible or self-insurance retention amount for which that party is responsible. A party’s failure to obtain or maintain any insurance coverage required to be carried pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall not negate the waivers and releases set forth herein as long as the insurance that the party failed to obtain or maintain would have covered the loss or damage for which the party is waiving its claims. Nothing in this provision shall be deemed a waiver or release by Landlord of its right to claim, demand and collect insurance proceeds directly from Tenant’s insurer pursuant to Landlord’s status as an additional insured under any insurance policy Tenant is required to carry pursuant to the terms of this Lease.
14. INDEMNITY. Subject to the insurance requirements, releases and mutual waivers of subrogation set forth in this Lease, and except to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees at all tribunal levels) arising out of or related to (i) any activity, work, or other thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises or the Building, (ii) any breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, or (iii) any act or neglect of Tenant, or any officer, agent, employee, contractor, servant, invitee or guest of Tenant. Subject to the insurance requirements, releases and mutual waivers of subrogation set forth in this Lease, and except to the extent caused by Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees at all tribunal levels) arising out of or related to (a) any activity, work, or other thing done, permitted or suffered by Landlord in or about the Common Areas or the Building, (b) any breach or default by Landlord in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, or (c) any act or neglect of Landlord, or any officer, agent, employee, contractor or servant of Landlord.
15. QUIET ENJOYMENT. Tenant shall have quiet enjoyment and possession of the Premises, provided Tenant promptly and fully complies with all of its obligations under this Lease. No action of Landlord working in other space in the Building, or in repairing or restoring the Premises in accordance with it obligations hereunder, shall be deemed a breach of this covenant.
16. SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT; NON-DISTURBANCE; AND ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.
a. Subordination and Attornment. Tenant agrees to execute within 10 days after request to do so from Landlord or its mortgagee (to include a grantee of a security deed) an agreement:
i. Making this Lease superior or subordinate to the interests of the mortgagee;
ii. Agreeing to attorn to the mortgagee;
iii. Giving the mortgagee notice of, and a reasonable opportunity (which shall in no event be less than 30 days after notice thereof is delivered to mortgagee) to cure any Landlord default and agreeing to accept such cure if effected by the mortgagee;
iv. Permitting the mortgagee (or other purchaser at any foreclosure sale), and its successors and assigns, on acquiring Landlord's interest in the Premises and the Lease, to become substitute Landlord hereunder, with liability only for such landlord obligations as accrue after Landlord's interest is so acquired;
v. Agreeing to attorn to any successor landlord; and
vi. Containing such other agreements and covenants on Tenant's part as Landlord's mortgagee may reasonably request.
     
 
b. Non-Disturbance. Tenant’s obligation to subordinate its interests or attorn to any mortgagee is conditioned upon the mortgagee’s agreement not to disturb Tenant’s possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises under this Lease so long as Tenant is in compliance with the terms of the Lease.
c. Estoppel Certificates. Tenant agrees to execute within five business days after request, and as often as reasonably requested, estoppel certificates confirming any factual matter requested by Landlord which is true and is within Tenant's knowledge regarding this Lease, and the Premises, including but not limited to: (i) the date of occupancy, (ii) Expiration Date, (iii) the amount of Rent due and date to which Rent is paid, (iii) whether Tenant has any defense or offsets to the enforcement of this Lease or the Rent payable, (iv) any default or breach by Landlord, and (v) whether this Lease, together with any modifications or amendments, is in full force and effect.
17. ASSIGNMENT – SUBLEASE.
a. Landlord Consent. Except as provided in subsection (b) below, Tenant may not assign or encumber this Lease or its interest in the Premises arising under this Lease, and may not sublet all or any part of the Premises, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably. One consent shall not be the basis for any further consent.
b. Permitted Assignments/Subleases. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublease part or all of the Premises without Landlord's consent to: (i) any corporation, limited liability company, or partnership that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Tenant at the Commencement Date; or (ii) any corporation or limited liability company resulting from the merger or consolidation with Tenant or to any entity that acquires all of Tenant's assets as a going concern of the business that is being conducted on the Premises; provided, however, the assignor remains liable under the Lease and the assignee or sublessee is a bona fide entity and assumes the obligations of Tenant, is as creditworthy as the Tenant, and continues the same Permitted Use as provided under Article 4.
c. Notice to Landlord. Landlord must be given prior written notice of every assignment or subletting, and failure to do so shall be a default hereunder.
d. Prohibited Assignments/Subleases. In no event shall this Lease be assignable by operation of any law, and Tenant's rights hereunder may not become, and shall not be listed by Tenant as an asset under any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceedings. Acceptance of Rent by Landlord after any non-permitted assignment or sublease shall not constitute approval thereof by Landlord.
e. Limitation on Rights of Assignee/Sublessee. Any assignment for which Landlord’s consent is required shall not include the right to exercise any options to renew the Term, expand the Premises or similar options, unless specifically provided for in the consent.
f. Tenant Not Released. No assignment or sublease shall release Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease.
g. Landlord’s Right to Collect Sublease Rents upon Tenant Default. If the Premises (or any portion) is sublet and Tenant defaults under its obligations to Landlord, then Landlord is authorized, at its option, to collect all sublease rents directly from the sublessee. Tenant hereby assigns the right to collect the sublease rents to Landlord in the event of Tenant default. The collection of sublease rents by Landlord shall not relieve Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, nor shall it create a contractual relationship between sublessee and Landlord or give sublessee any greater estate or right to the Premises than contained in its sublease.
h. Excess Rents. If Tenant assigns this Lease or subleases all or part of the Premises at a rental rate that exceeds the rentals paid to Landlord, then any such excess shall be paid over to Landlord by Tenant.
i. Landlord’s Fees. Tenant shall pay Landlord an administration fee of $1,000.00 per assignment or sublease transaction for which Landlord’s consent is required.
18. DAMAGES TO PREMISES.
a. Landlord’s Restoration Obligations. If the Building or Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty (“Casualty”), then, unless the Lease is terminated as provided in this Article 18, Landlord shall repair and restore the Premises to substantially the same condition of the Premises immediately prior to such Casualty, subject to the following terms and conditions:
     
 
i. The casualty must be insured under Landlord's insurance policies, and Landlord’s obligation is limited to the extent of the insurance proceeds received by Landlord. Landlord’s duty to repair and restore the Premises shall not begin until receipt of the insurance proceeds.
ii. Landlord’s lender(s) must permit the insurance proceeds to be used for such repair and restoration.
iii. Landlord shall have no obligation to repair and restore Tenant’s trade fixtures, decorations, signs, contents, or any Non-Standard Improvements to the Premises.
b. Tenant’s Restoration Obligations. Unless the Lease is terminated as provided in this Article 18, Tenant shall promptly repair, restore, or replace Tenant's Property. All repair, restoration or replacement of Tenant’s Property shall be at least to the same condition as existed prior to the Casualty.
c. Termination of Lease by Landlord. Landlord shall have the option of terminating the Lease following the Casualty if: (i) the Premises is rendered wholly untenantable; (ii) the Premises is damaged in whole or in part as a result of a risk which is not covered by Landlord's insurance policies; (iii) Landlord's lender does not permit a sufficient amount of the insurance proceeds to be used for restoration purposes; (iv) the Premises is damaged in whole or in part during the last two years of the Term; or (v) the Building containing the Premises is damaged (whether or not the Premises is damaged) to an extent of fifty percent (50%) or more of the fair market value thereof. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, then it shall give notice of the cancellation to Tenant within (60) days after the date of the Casualty. Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord within (15) days after receipt of the notice of termination.
d. Termination of Lease by Tenant. Tenant shall have the option of terminating the Lease if: (i) Landlord has failed to substantially restore the damaged Building or Premises within (180) days of the Casualty (“Restoration Period”); (ii) the Restoration Period has not been delayed by Tenant delays or force majeure ; and (iii) Tenant gives Landlord notice of the termination within 15 days after the end of the Restoration Period (as extended by any Tenant delay or force majeure delays). If Landlord is delayed by Tenant delay or force majeure , then Landlord must provide Tenant with notice of the delays within (15) days of the force majeure event stating the reason for the delays and a good faith estimate of the length of the delays.
e. Rent Abatement. If Premises is rendered wholly untenantable by the Casualty, then the Rent payable by Tenant shall be fully abated. If the Premises is only partially damaged, then Tenant shall continue the operation of Tenant's business in any part not damaged to the extent reasonably practicable from the standpoint of prudent business management, and Rent and other charges shall be abated proportionately to the portion of the Premises rendered untenantable. The abatement shall be from the date of the Casualty until the Premises have been substantially repaired and restored, or until Tenant's business operations are restored in the entire Premises, whichever shall first occur. However, if the Casualty is caused by the negligence or other wrongful conduct of Tenant or of Tenant's subtenants, licensees, contractors, or invitees, or their respective agents or employees, there shall be no abatement of Rent. The abatement of the Rent set forth above, and the right to terminate the Lease set forth in Section 18d, are Tenant’s exclusive remedies against Landlord in the event of a Casualty.
19. EMINENT DOMAIN. If all of the Premises are taken under the power of eminent domain (or by conveyance in lieu thereof), then this Lease shall terminate as of the date possession is taken by the condemnor, and Rent shall be adjusted between Landlord and Tenant as of such date. If only a portion of the Premises is taken and Tenant can continue use of the remainder, then this Lease will not terminate, but Rent shall abate in a just and proportionate amount to the loss of use occasioned by the taking.

Landlord shall be entitled to receive and retain the entire condemnation award for the taking of the Building and Premises. Tenant shall have no right or claim against Landlord for any part of any award received by Landlord for the taking. Tenant, however, shall not be prevented from making a claim against the condemning party (but not against Landlord) for any moving expenses, loss of profits, or taking of Tenant’s personal property (other than its leasehold estate) to which Tenant may be entitled; provided that any such award shall not reduce the amount of the award otherwise payable to Landlord for the taking of the Building and Premises.

     
 
20. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE .
a. Tenant's Responsibility . Tenant shall not (either with or without negligence) cause or permit the escape, disposal or release of any biologically active or other hazardous substances or materials on the Property. For the purposes of this Article 20, the term “Property” shall include the Premises, Building, all Common Areas, the real estate upon which the Building and Common Areas are located; all personal property (including that owned by Tenant); and the soil, ground water, and surface water of the real estate upon which the Building is located. Tenant shall not allow the storage or use of such substances or materials in any manner not sanctioned by law or in compliance with the highest standards prevailing in the industry for the storage and use of such substances or materials, nor allow to be brought onto the Property any such materials or substances except to use in the ordinary course of Tenant's business, and then only after notice is given to Landlord of the identity of such substances or materials. No such notice shall be required, however, for commercially reasonable amounts of ordinary office supplies and janitorial supplies.
b. Liability of the Parties . Landlord represents and warrants that, to Landlord’s knowledge, there are no hazardous materials on the Property as of the Commencement Date in violation of any laws. Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any liability resulting from Landlord’s violation of this representation and warranty, unless the hazardous materials are present on the Property due to the act or omission of Tenant or its agents, employees, officers, licensees or contractors, in which event Tenant shall be obligated to indemnify Landlord as hereafter provided. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any penalty, fine, claim, demand, liability, cost, or charge whatsoever which Landlord shall incur, or which Landlord would otherwise incur, by reason of Tenant's failure to comply with this Article 20 including, but not limited to: (i) the cost of full remediation of any contamination to bring the Property into the same condition as prior to the Commencement Date and into full compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) the reasonable cost of all appropriate tests and examinations of the Premises to confirm that the Premises and any other contaminated areas have been remediated and brought into compliance with law; and (iii) the reasonable fees and expenses of Landlord's attorneys, engineers, and consultants incurred by Landlord in enforcing and confirming compliance with this Article 20. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s obligations under this Article 20 shall not apply to any condition or matter constituting a violation of any law that was not caused, in whole or in part, by Tenant or Tenant's agents, employees, officers, partners, contractors, servants or invitees. The covenants contained in this Article 20 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and shall continue for so long as either party and its successors and assigns may be subject to any expense, liability, charge, penalty, or obligation against which the other party has agreed to indemnify it under this Article 20.
c. Inspections by Landlord . Landlord and its engineers, technicians, and consultants, from time to time as Landlord deems appropriate, may conduct periodic examinations of the Premises to confirm and monitor Tenant's compliance with this Article 20. Such examinations shall be conducted in such a manner as to minimize the interference with Tenant's Permitted Use; however, in all cases, the examinations shall be of such nature and scope as shall be reasonably required by then existing technology to confirm Tenant's compliance with this Article 20. Tenant shall fully cooperate with Landlord and its representatives in the conduct of such examinations. The cost of such examinations shall be paid by Landlord unless an examination shall disclose a material failure of Tenant to comply with this Article 20, in which case, the reasonable cost of such examination shall be paid for by Tenant within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s written demand.
21. DEFAULT.
a. Tenant’s Default. Tenant shall be in default under this Lease if Tenant:
i. Fails to pay any Base Rent, Additional Rent, or any other sum of money that Tenant is obligated to pay, as provided in this Lease, within five days after the due date;
ii. Breaches any other agreement, covenant or obligation in this Lease and such breach is not remedied within (15) days after Landlord gives Tenant notice in accordance with Article 24 below specifying the breach, or if such breach cannot, with due diligence, be cured within (15) days, if Tenant does not commence curing within (15) days and with reasonable diligence completely cure the breach within a reasonable period of time after the notice;
     
 
iii. Files any petition or action for relief under any creditor's law (including bankruptcy, reorganization, or similar action), either in state or federal court, or has such a petition or action filed against it which is not stayed or vacated within 60 days after filing; or
iv. Makes any transfer in fraud of creditors as defined in Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 548, as amended or replaced), has a receiver appointed for its assets (and the appointment is not stayed or vacated within (30) days), or makes an assignment for benefit of creditors.
b. Landlord’s Remedies. In the event of a Tenant default, Landlord, at its option, may do one or more of the following:
i. Terminate this Lease by giving Tenant notice of termination, in which event this Lease shall expire and terminate on the date specified in such notice of termination, and Tenant shall remain liable for all obligations under this Lease arising up to the date of such termination, and Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord on the date specified in such notice;
ii. Terminate this Lease as provided in subparagraph (b)(i) hereof and recover from Tenant all obligations arising up to the date of such termination and all damages Landlord may incur by reason of Tenant’s default, including, without limitation, a sum which, at the date of such termination, represents the present value (discounted at a rate equal to the greater of eight percent (8%) per annum or the then applicable rate of interest as specified in the financing outstanding on the Project) of the excess, if any, of (aa) the Rent and all other sums which would have been payable hereunder by Tenant for the period commencing with the day following the date of such termination and ending with the date hereinbefore set for the expiration of the full term hereby granted, over (bb) the aggregate reasonable rental value of the Premises for the same period, all of which present value of such excess sum shall be deemed immediately due and payable; provided, however, that such sum shall not be deemed a penalty or forfeiture, actual damages being difficult or impossible to measure, and such sum represents the parties’ reasonable best estimate of the damages which would be incurred by Landlord in the event of a breach by Tenant;
iii. Without terminating this Lease, declare immediately due and payable all Rent and other amounts due and coming due under this Lease for the entire remaining Term hereof, together with all other amounts previously due, at once, which total amount shall be discounted to the present value (at a rate equal to the greater of eight percent (8%) per annum or the then applicable rate of interest specified in the financing outstanding on the Project); provided, however, that such payment shall not be deemed a penalty or liquidated damages but shall merely constitute payment in advance for Rent for the remainder of said Term. Upon making such payment, Tenant shall be entitled to receive from Landlord all rents received by Landlord from other assignees, tenants, and subtenants on account of said Premises during the Term of this Lease provided that the monies to which Tenant shall so become entitled shall in no event exceed the entire amount actually paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the preceding sentence less all costs, including refurbishing the Premises and new lease commissions, expenses and attorneys’ fees of Landlord incurred in connection with the reletting of the Premises;
iv. Without terminating this Lease, and with or without notice to Tenant, Landlord may in Landlord’s own name, but as agent for Tenant, enter into and upon and take possession of the Premises or any part thereof, and, at Landlord’s option, remove persons and property therefrom, and such property, if any, may be removed and stored in a warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of, and for the account of, Tenant, all without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage which may be occasioned thereby, and Landlord may rent the Premises or any portion thereof as the agent of Tenant with or without advertisement, and by private negotiations and for any term upon such terms and conditions as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable or in order to relet the Premises. Landlord shall in no way be responsible or liable for any part thereof, or for any failure to collect any rent due upon such reletting. Upon each such reletting, all rentals received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied: first, to the payment of any indebtedness (other than any Rent due hereunder) from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any costs and expenses of such reletting, including without limitation, brokerage fees and attorneys’ fees and costs of alterations and repairs; third, to the payment of Rent and other charges then due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord to the extent and for application in payment of future Rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder. If the rentals received from such reletting shall at any time or from time to time be less than sufficient to pay to Landlord the entire sums then due from Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord. Such deficiency shall, at Landlord’s option, be calculated and paid monthly;
     
 
v. Without liability to Tenant or any other party and without constituting a constructive or actual eviction, suspend or discontinue furnishing or rendering to Tenant any property, material, labor, utilities or other service, which Landlord is obligated to furnish or render, so long as Tenant is in default under this Lease;
vi. Bring action for recovery of all amounts due from Tenant;
vii. Seize and hold any personal property of Tenant located in the Premises and assert against the same a lien for monies due Landlord; or
viii. Pursue any other remedy available in law or equity.
c. Landlord’s Expenses; Attorneys’ Fees. All reasonable expenses of Landlord in repairing, restoring, or altering the Premises for reletting as general office space, together with leasing fees and all other expenses in seeking and obtaining a new tenant, shall be charged to and be a liability of Tenant. Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees in pursuing any of the foregoing remedies, or in collecting any Rent or Additional Rent due by Tenant hereunder, shall be paid by Tenant.
d. Remedies Cumulative. All rights and remedies of Landlord are cumulative, and the exercise of any one shall not exclude Landlord at any other time from exercising a different or inconsistent remedy. No exercise by Landlord of any right or remedy granted herein shall constitute or effect a termination of this Lease unless Landlord shall so elect by notice delivered to Tenant. The failure of Landlord to exercise its rights in connection with this Lease or any breach or violation of any term, or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or any subsequent breach of the same or any other covenant or condition herein contained.
e. No Accord and Satisfaction. No acceptance by Landlord of a lesser sum than the Rent, Additional Rent and other sums then due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest installment of such payments due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed as accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.
f. No Reinstatement. No payment of money by Tenant to Landlord after the expiration or termination of this Lease shall reinstate or extend the Term, or make ineffective any notice of termination given to Tenant prior to the payment of such money. After the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment granting Landlord possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any sums due under this Lease, and the payment thereof shall not make ineffective any notice or in any manner affect any pending suit or any judgment previously obtained.
g. Landlord’s Default. Landlord shall be in default under this Lease if Landlord breaches any agreement, covenant or obligation in this Lease and does not remedy the breach within 15 days after Tenant gives Landlord written notice in accordance with Article 24 below specifying the breach, or if the breach cannot, with due diligence, be cured within 15 days, Landlord does not commence curing within 15 days and with reasonable diligence completely cure the breach within a reasonable period of time after the notice. In the event Landlord fails to cure its breach within the time periods set forth herein, Tenant shall be entitled to pursue any and all remedies available to it at law or in equity; provided, however, that except as expressly provided elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall have no right of self-help to perform repairs or any other obligation of Landlord, and shall have no right to withhold, set off or abate Rent.
h. Summary Ejectment. Tenant agrees that in addition to all other rights and remedies Landlord may obtain an order for summary ejectment from any court of competent jurisdiction without prejudice to Landlord’s rights to otherwise collect rents or breach of contract damages from Tenant.
22. MULTIPLE DEFAULTS.
a. Loss of Option Rights. Tenant acknowledges that any rights or options of first refusal, or to extend the Term, to expand the size of the Premises, to purchase the Premises or the Building, or other similar rights or options which have been granted to Tenant under this Lease are conditioned upon the prompt and diligent performance of the terms of this Lease by Tenant. Accordingly, should Tenant default under this Lease on two or more occasions during any 12-month period, in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord, all such rights and options shall automatically, and without further action on the part of any party, expire and be of no further force and effect.
     
 
b. Increased Security Deposit. Should Tenant default in the payment of Base Rent, Additional Rent, or any other sums payable by Tenant under this Lease on two or more occasions during any 12-month period, regardless of whether Landlord permits such default to be cured, then, in addition to all other remedies otherwise available to Landlord, Tenant, within (10) days after demand by Landlord, shall post a Security Deposit in, or increase the existing Security Deposit by, a sum equal to three months’ installments of Base Rent at the rate in effect at the time of Landlord’s demand. The Security Deposit shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.
23. BANKRUPTCY .
a. Trustee’s Rights. Landlord and Tenant understand that, notwithstanding contrary terms in this Lease, a trustee or debtor in possession under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, (the "Code") may have certain rights to assume or assign this Lease. This Lease shall not be construed to give the trustee or debtor in possession any rights greater than the minimum rights granted under the Code.
b. Adequate Assurance. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, pursuant to the Code, Landlord is entitled to adequate assurances of future performance of the provisions of this Lease. The parties agree that the term “adequate assurance” shall include at least the following:
i. In order to assure Landlord that any proposed assignee will have the resources with which to pay all Rent payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, any proposed assignee must have, as demonstrated to Landlord’s satisfaction, a net worth (as defined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied) of not less than the net worth of Tenant on the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined), increased by seven percent (7%), compounded annually, for each year from the Effective Date through the date of the proposed assignment. It is understood and agreed that the financial condition and resources of Tenant were a material inducement to Landlord in entering into this Lease.
ii. Any proposed assignee must have been engaged in the conduct of business for the five( years prior to any such proposed assignment, which business does not violate the Use provisions under Article 4 above, and such proposed assignee shall continue to engage in the Permitted Use under Article 4. It is understood that Landlord’s asset will be substantially impaired if the trustee in bankruptcy or any assignee of this Lease makes any use of the Premises other than the Permitted Use.
c. Assumption of Lease Obligations. Any proposed assignee of this Lease must assume and agree to be bound by the provisions of this Lease.
24. NOTICES .
a. Addresses. All notices, demands and requests by Landlord or Tenant shall be sent to the Notice Addresses set forth in Section 1l, or to such other address as a party may specify by duly given notice. The parties shall notify the other of any change in address, which notification must be at least 15 days in advance of it being effective; provided, however, the Tenant may not change its address to which notices shall thereafter be sent to eliminate the Premises as an acceptable address where notices to such party may be delivered.
b. Form; Delivery; Receipt. ALL NOTICES, DEMANDS AND REQUESTS WHICH MAY BE GIVEN OR WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE GIVEN BY EITHER PARTY TO THE OTHER MUST BE IN WRITING UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. Notices, demands or requests shall be deemed to have been properly given for all purposes only if (i) delivered against a written receipt of delivery, (ii) mailed by express, registered or certified mail of the United States Postal Service, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iii) delivered to a nationally recognized overnight courier service for next business day delivery to the receiving party's address as set forth above or (iv) delivered via telecopier or facsimile transmission to the facsimile number listed above, with an original counterpart of such communication sent concurrently as specified in subsection (ii) or (iii) above and with written confirmation of receipt of transmission provided. Each such notice, demand or request shall be deemed to have been received upon the earlier of the actual receipt or refusal by the addressee or three business days after deposit thereof at any main or branch United States post office if sent in accordance with subsection (ii) above, and the next business day after deposit thereof with the courier if sent pursuant to subsection (iii) above. Notices may be given on behalf of any party by such party's legal counsel.
     
 
25. HOLDING OVER . If Tenant holds over after the Expiration Date or other termination of this Lease, such holding over shall not be a renewal of this Lease but shall create a tenancy-at-sufferance. Tenant shall continue to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that during such tenancy-at-sufferance, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (i) Base Rent at the rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of that provided for as of the expiration or termination date, and (ii) any and all forms of Additional Rent payable under this Lease. The increased Rent during such holding over is intended to compensate Landlord partially for losses, damages and expenses, including frustrating and delaying Landlord's ability to secure a replacement tenant.
26. RIGHT TO RELOCATE .
a. Substitute Premises. Prior to the Commencement Date or at any time during the Term or any extension of this Lease, Landlord, at its option, may substitute for the Premises other space (hereafter called "Substitute Premises") owned by Landlord or one of its affiliates in the same geographical vicinity. Insofar as reasonably possible, the Substitute Premises shall be of comparable quality and shall have a comparable square foot area and a configuration substantially similar to the Premises. Landlord shall give Tenant at least (60) days notice of its intention to relocate Tenant to the Substitute Premises. This notice will be accompanied by a floor plan of the Substitute Premises. After such notice, Tenant shall have (10) days within which to agree with Landlord on the proposed Substitute Premises and unless such agreement is reached within such period of time, Landlord may terminate this Lease at the end of the 60-day period of time following the notice; provided, however, should Landlord fail to terminate the Lease within 10 days following the expiration of the 60-day period, then: (i) Landlord shall be deemed to have forfeited its right to terminate the Lease pursuant to this paragraph; (ii) Tenant shall have no obligation to relocate to the Substitute Premises; and (c) the Lease will continue in full force and effect with respect to the Premises.
b. Upfit of Substitute Premises. Landlord agrees to construct or alter, at its expense, the Substitute Premises as expeditiously as possible so that the Substitute Premises are in substantially the same condition that the Premises were in immediately prior to the relocation. Landlord shall have the right to reuse the fixtures, improvements and alterations used in the Premises. Tenant agrees to occupy the Substitute Premises as soon as Landlord's work is substantially completed.
c. Relocation Costs. If relocation occurs after the Commencement Date, then Landlord shall pay Tenant's reasonable third-party costs of moving Tenant's furnishings, telephone and computer wiring, and other property to the Substitute Premises, and reasonable printing costs associated with the change of address.
d. Lease Terms. Except as provided herein, Tenant agrees that all of the obligations of this Lease, including the payment of Rent (to be determined on a per rentable square foot basis and applied to the Substitute Premises), will continue despite Tenant's relocation to the Substitute Premises. Upon substantial completion of the Substitute Premises, this Lease will apply to the Substitute Premises as if the Substitute Premises had been the space originally described in this Lease. In no event shall base monthly rental increase, even if such Substitute Premises is larger than original premises.
27. BROKER'S COMMISSIONS . Each party represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any real estate broker, finder or other person with respect to this Lease in any manner, except the Broker identified in Section 1m. Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from any and all damages resulting from claims that may be asserted against the other party by any other broker, finder or other person (including, without limitation, any substitute or replacement broker claiming to have been engaged by indemnifying party in the future), claiming to have dealt with the indemnifying party in connection with this Lease or any amendment or extension hereto, or which may result in Tenant leasing other or enlarged space from Landlord. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Lease.
28. ANTI-TERRORISM LAWS. During the term, neither Tenant nor its respective constituents or affiliates shall (i) be an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States of America (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), as amended, (ii) violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, (iii) violate any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto or (iv) violate the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”). Tenant shall, promptly following a request from Landlord, provide all documentation and other information that the Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable "know your customer" and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.
     
 
29. GENERAL PROVISIONS/DEFINITIONS .
a. No Agency. Tenant is not and shall never represent itself to be an agent of Landlord, and Tenant acknowledges that Landlord's title to the Building is paramount, and that Tenant can do nothing to affect or impair Landlord's title.
b. Force Majeure. The term “ force majeure ” means: fire, flood, extreme weather, labor disputes, strike, lock-out, riot, government interference (including regulation, appropriation or rationing), unusual delay in governmental permitting, unusual delay in deliveries or unavailability of materials, unavoidable casualties, Act of God, or other causes beyond the party’s reasonable control.
c. Building Standard Improvements. The term “Building Standard Improvements” shall mean the standards for normal construction of general office space within the Building as specified by Landlord, including design and construction standards, electrical load factors, materials, fixtures and finishes.
d. Limitation on Damages. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Lease, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable to the other for any special, consequential, incidental or punitive damages.
e. Satisfaction of Judgments Against Landlord. If Landlord, or its employees, officers, directors, stockholders or partners are ordered to pay Tenant a money judgment because of Landlord's default under this Lease, said money judgment may only be enforced against and satisfied out of: (i) Landlord's interest in the Building in which the Premises are located including the rental income and proceeds from sale; and (ii) any insurance or condemnation proceeds received because of damage or condemnation to, or of, said Building that are available for use by Landlord. No other assets of Landlord or said other parties exculpated by the preceding sentence shall be liable for, or subject to, any such money judgment.
f. Interest. Should Tenant fail to pay any amount due to Landlord within 30 days of the date such amount is due (whether Base Rent, Additional Rent, or any other payment obligation), then the amount due shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum, compounded monthly, or the highest permissible rate under applicable usury law, whichever is less, until the amount is paid in full.
g. Legal Costs. Should either party prevail in any legal proceedings against the other for breach of any provision in this Lease, then the other party shall be liable for the costs and expenses of the prevailing party, including its reasonable attorneys' fees (at all tribunal levels).
h. Sale of Premises or Building. Landlord may sell the Premises or the Building without affecting the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Upon the sale of the Premises or the Building, Landlord shall be relieved of all responsibility for the Premises and shall be released from any liability thereafter accruing under this Lease.
i. Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of all obligations under the terms of this Lease.
j. Transfer of Security Deposit. If any Security Deposit or prepaid Rent has been paid by Tenant, Landlord may transfer the Security Deposit or prepaid Rent to Landlord's successor and upon such transfer, Landlord shall be released from any liability for return of the Security Deposit or prepaid Rent.
k. Tender of Premises. The delivery of a key or other such tender of possession of the Premises to Landlord or to an employee of Landlord shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises unless requested in writing by Landlord.
l. Tenant’s Financial Statements. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant agrees to furnish to Landlord copies of Tenant’s most recent annual, quarterly and monthly financial statements, audited if available. The financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. The financial statements shall include a balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss, and the annual financial statement shall also include a statement of changes in financial position and appropriate explanatory notes. Landlord may deliver the financial statements to any prospective or existing mortgagee or purchaser of the Building.
m. Recordation. This Lease may not be recorded without Landlord's prior written consent, but Tenant and Landlord agree, upon the request of the other party, to execute a memorandum hereof for recording purposes.
n. Partial Invalidity. The invalidity of any portion of this Lease shall not invalidate the remaining portions of the Lease.
     
 
o. Binding Effect. This Lease shall be binding upon the respective parties hereto, and upon their heirs, executors, successors and assigns.
p. Entire Agreement; Construction. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written relating to the subject matter hereof. The fact that one of the parties to this Lease may be deemed to have drafted or structured any provision of this Lease shall not be considered in construing or interpreting any particular provision of this Lease, either in favor of or against such party, and Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any applicable rules of construction or interpretation to the contrary.
q. Good Standing. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish appropriate legal documentation evidencing the valid existence in good standing of Tenant, and the authority of any person signing this Lease to act for the Tenant.
r. Choice of Law. This Lease shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State in which the Premises are located.
s. Effective Date. This Lease shall become effective as a contract only upon the execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant. The date of execution shall be entered on the top of the first page of this Lease by Landlord, and shall be the date on which the last party signed the Lease, or as otherwise may be specifically agreed by both parties. Such date, once inserted, shall be established as the final day of ratification by all parties to this Lease, and shall be the date for use throughout this Lease as the "Effective Date".
30. SPECIAL CONDITIONS . The following special conditions, if any, shall apply, and where in conflict with earlier provisions in this Lease shall control: None.
31. ADDENDA AND EXHIBITS. If any addenda and/or exhibits are noted below, such addenda and exhibits are incorporated herein and made a part of this Lease.
a. Lease Addendum Number One – “Work Letter”
b. Lease Addendum Number Two – “Additional Rent – Operating Expenses and Taxes”
c. Exhibit A – Premises
d. Exhibit B – Rules and Regulations
e. Exhibit C – Commencement Agreement
f. Exhibit D – Acceptance of Premises
 
 

SATISFACTION OF JUDGMENTS AGAINST LANDLORD . IF LANDLORD, OR ITS EMPLOYEES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, MANAGERS, MEMBERS, STOCKHOLDERS OR PARTNERS ARE ORDERED TO PAY TENANT A MONEY JUDGMENT BECAUSE OF LANDLORD’S DEFAULT UNDER THIS LEASE, SAID MONEY JUDGMENT MAY ONLY BE ENFORCED AGAINST AND SATISFIED OUT OF: (I) LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE BUILDING IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED INCLUDING THE RENTAL INCOME AND PROCEEDS FROM SALE; AND (II) ANY INSRUANCE OR CONDEMNATION PROCEEDS RECEIVED BECAUSE OF DAMAGE OR CONDEMNATION TO, OR OF, SAID BUILDING THAT ARE AVAILABLE FOR USE BY LANDLORD.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease in four originals, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

 

SAFETY QUICK LIGHTING & FANS CORP. ,

a Florida corporation

 

By: /s/ Patricia Barron

 

Name: Patricia Barron

 

Title: COO

 

Attest: __________________________________________

 

Name:__________________________________________

 

Title: ___________________________________________

 

Date: ___________________________________________

 

Affix Corporate Seal:

 

[If Tenant is a corporation, the authorized officers must sign no behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. This Lease must be executed by the President or Vice President and attested by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall provide otherwise, in which case, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution must be attached to this Lease. The appropriate corporate seal must also be affixed.]

 

LANDLORD:

 

HIGHWOODS DLF 98/29, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

By: Highwoods DLF, LLC, its manager

a Delaware limited liability company

By: Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership, its sole member

a North Carolina limited partnership

By: Highwoods Properties, Inc., its sole general partner

a Maryland corporation

 

 

By: /s/ Jim Bacchetta

Jim Bacchetta, Vice President and Division Manager

 
 

LEASE ADDENDUM NUMBER ONE

 

WORK LETTER. Prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord, at its expense, shall complete the following items of work in the Premises (collectively, “Landlord’s Work”): (i) repaint the interior of the Premises using Building standard paint; (ii) replace the existing carpet in the Premises with new Building standard carpet. (iii) remove built in workstations, (iv) install sink with six foot laminate countertop to also include upper and lower cabinets. Landlord’s Work shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner. Any improvements or alterations to the Premises beyond the scope of Landlord’s Work shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval and, if approved, shall be completed at Tenant’s expense.

 
 

LEASE ADDENDUM NUMBER TWO

ADDITIONAL RENT – OPERATING EXPENSES AND TAXES

 

1. Operating Expenses. The term “Operating Expenses” shall mean all costs incurred by Landlord in the provision of services to tenants and in the operation, management, repair, replacement and maintenance of the Property (as defined below), including, but not limited to, insurance premiums, utilities, heat, air conditioning, janitorial service, labor, materials, supplies, equipment and tools, permits, licenses, inspection fees, salaries and other reasonable compensation of maintenance and management personnel (up to and including the level of Property Manager), management fees, and Common Area expenses.
2. Exclusions to Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include the following: depreciation on the Building or equipment therein; ground lease rent; advertising, marketing and promotional costs; interest; executive salaries; real estate brokers’ commissions; Taxes (as defined below); overhead and profit paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services, supplies or materials provided on or to the Property, to the extent these costs exceed the amount customarily charged by an independent entity for the same or substantially similar services, supplies and materials; the cost of any services for which Landlord is reimbursed directly by any tenant; and any expenses that do not relate to the operation of the Property. Additionally, Operating Expenses shall not include the costs of capital improvements to the Property; provided, however, Landlord may include in Operating Expenses the costs of the following capital improvements, amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives:
a. Any capital improvements made in order to comply with any new laws, rules or regulations or any changes in existing laws, rules or regulations adopted by any governmental authority after the Commencement Date; and
b. Any capital improvements that are designed primarily to promote and protect the health, safety and well being of the Property’s occupants; and
c. Any capital improvements that are designed primarily to reduce Operating Expenses, provided that the amortized amount of these capital items in any year will be equal to the estimated resulting reduction in Operating Expenses for the same year.
3. Taxes. The term “Taxes” shall mean any fees, charges or assessments related to the Property that are imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Property, including, without limitation, ad valorem real property taxes; franchise taxes; personal property taxes; assessments, special or otherwise, imposed on the Property; payments in lieu of real estate taxes; sewer rents; transit taxes; and taxes based on rents. Taxes shall also include the reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any appeal for a reduction of taxes, including, without limitation, the costs of legal consultants, appraisers and accountants. Taxes shall not include any inheritance, estate, succession, transfer, gift, corporate, income or profit tax imposed upon Landlord.
4. Property. The term “Property” shall mean the Building and the improvements, equipment and systems situated therein; the Common Areas; and the real property upon which the Building and Common Areas are situated.
5. Tenant’s Proportionate Share. The term “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” shall mean 0.8896% calculated by dividing the approximately 1,290 rentable square feet of the Premises by the approximately 145,008 net rentable square feet of the Building. To the extent any Operating Expenses and/or Taxes are related to the Building and one or more other buildings owned by Landlord or its affiliate, those Operating Expenses and/or Taxes shall be reasonably allocated by Landlord on an equitable prorata basis among all of the buildings to which those expenses are related; and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of those expenses shall be calculated based only on the amount of those expenses allocated to the Building.
6. Base Year for Operating Expenses. With respect to calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, the term “Base Year” shall mean the twelve-month period beginning on January 1, 2015 and ending on December 31, 2015.
7. Base Year for Taxes. With respect to calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes, the term “Base Year” shall mean the real property tax year, beginning January 1, 2015 and ending on December 31, 2015.
8. Payment of Additional Rent. For the calendar year commencing on January 1, 2016 and for each calendar year thereafter, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the following amounts:
     
 
a. Tenant's Proportionate Share of any increase in Operating Expenses above the amount incurred during the Base Year for Operating Expenses. If any service, for which the expense may be included in Operating Expenses, is not provided to all tenants of the Building, Landlord shall adjust the related expense as if the service was provided to all tenants. Additionally, for any period in which the occupancy of the rentable area of the Building is less than 95%, those portions of Operating Expenses that vary based on occupancy will be adjusted for the period as if the Building was at 95% occupancy; and
b. Tenant's Proportionate Share of any increase in Taxes above the amount incurred during the Base Year for Taxes.
9. Landlord’s Estimate. For the calendar year commencing on January 1, 2016 and for each calendar year thereafter during the Term, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement of the reasonable estimated increase in both Operating Expenses and Taxes for that calendar year above the Operating Expenses and Taxes incurred during the applicable Base Year. Based on Landlord’s estimate, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant's Proportionate Share of the estimated increases in both Operating Expenses and Taxes in twelve equal monthly installments, which shall be due and payable at the same time and in the same manner as Base Rent.
10. Annual Reconciliation. Within 180 days after the end of each calendar year or as soon as possible thereafter, Landlord shall send Tenant an annual statement of the actual Operating Expenses and Taxes for the preceding calendar year (the “Annual Statement”). Landlord’s failure to render an Annual Statement for any calendar year shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to issue an Annual Statement with respect to that calendar year or any subsequent calendar year, nor shall Landlord’s rendering of an incorrect Annual Statement prejudice Landlord’s right subsequently to issue a corrected Annual Statement. Pursuant to the Annual Statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Additional Rent as owed within thirty days after Tenant’s receipt of the Annual Statement, or Landlord shall adjust Tenant's Rent payments if Landlord owes Tenant a credit. After the Expiration Date or earlier termination date of the Lease, Landlord shall send Tenant the final Annual Statement for the Term, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord Additional Rent as owed within thirty days after Tenant’s receipt of the Annual Statement, or, if Landlord owes Tenant a credit, then Landlord shall pay Tenant a refund. If this Lease expires or terminates on a day other than December 31, then Additional Rent shall be prorated on a 365-day calendar year (or 366 if a leap year). If there is a decrease in Operating Expenses in any subsequent year below Operating Expenses for the Base Year, then no Additional Rent shall be due on account of Operating Expenses; provided, however, Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit, refund or other payment that would reduce the amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes or other Additional Rent or Base Rent owed by Tenant. Likewise, if there is a decrease in Taxes in any subsequent year below Taxes for the Base Year, then no Additional Rent shall be due on account of Taxes; provided, however, Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit, refund or other payment that would reduce the amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses or other Additional Rent or Base Rent owed by Tenant.
11. Tenant’s Review of Operating Expenses and Taxes. No more than once per calendar year, Tenant, or a qualified professional selected by Tenant (the “Reviewer”), may review Landlord’s books and records relating to Operating Expenses and Taxes (the “Review”), subject to the following terms and conditions:
a. Tenant must deliver notice of the Review to Landlord within thirty days of Tenant's receipt of the Annual Statement. Thereafter, Tenant must commence and complete its Review within a reasonable time, not to exceed 180 days following Tenant’s receipt of the Annual Statement. In order to conduct a Review, Tenant must not be in default under the Lease beyond any applicable cure period at the time it delivers notice of the Review to Landlord or at the time the Review commences. No subtenant shall have any right to conduct a Review, and no assigns shall conduct a Review for any period during which such assignee was not in possession of the Premises. If Tenant elects to have a Reviewer conduct the Review, the Reviewer must be an independent nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm that is not being compensated by Tenant on a contingency fee basis.
b. Tenant’s Review shall only extend to Landlord’s books and records specifically related to Operating Expenses and Taxes for the Property during the calendar year for which the Annual Statement was provided. Books and records necessary to accomplish any Review shall be retained for twelve months after the end of each calendar year, and, upon Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice, shall be made available to Tenant to conduct the Review. The Review shall be conducted during regular business hours at either the Landlord’s division office for the area in which the Premises are located or Landlord’s home office in Raleigh, North Carolina, as selected by Landlord.
     
 
c. As a condition to the Review, Tenant and Tenant’s Reviewer shall execute a written agreement providing that the Reviewer is not being compensated on a contingency fee basis and that all information obtained through the Review, as well as any compromise, settlement or adjustment reached as a result of the Review, shall be held in strict confidence and shall not be revealed in any manner to any person except: (i) upon the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion; (ii) if required pursuant to any litigation between Landlord and Tenant materially related to the facts disclosed by the Review; or (iii) if required by law. The written agreement may also set forth Landlord’s reasonable procedures and guidelines for Tenant and Tenant’s Reviewer to follow when conducting the Review.
d. If, after Tenant’s Review, Tenant disputes the amount of Operating Expenses or Taxes set forth in the Annual Statement, Tenant or Tenant’s Reviewer shall submit a written report to Landlord within thirty days after the completion of the Review setting forth any claims to be asserted against Landlord as a result of the Review and specific and detailed explanations as to the reason for the claim(s) (the “Report”). Landlord and Tenant then shall use good faith efforts to resolve Tenant’s claims set forth in the Report. If the parties do not reach agreement on the claims within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Report, then the dispute shall be submitted to arbitration as hereinafter provided. Within twenty days after expiration of the thirty-day period referenced in the foregoing sentence, each party shall appoint as an arbitrator a reputable independent nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm with at least ten years experience in accounting related to commercial lease transactions and shall give notice of such appointment to the other party; provided, however, if Tenant used a Reviewer to perform the Review, the Reviewer shall be deemed to have been appointed by Tenant as its arbitrator for purposes of this provision. Within ten days after appointment of the second arbitrator, the two arbitrators shall appoint a third arbitrator who shall be similarly qualified. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree timely on the selection of the third arbitrator, then either arbitrator on behalf of both, may request such appointment from the office of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") nearest to Landlord. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the AAA. If the AAA shall cease to provide arbitration for commercial disputes in location, the third arbitrator shall be appointed by any successor organization providing substantially the same services. Within ten days after the third arbitrator has been selected, each of the other two arbitrators, on behalf of the party it represents, shall submit a written statement, along with any supporting document, data, reports or other information, setting forth its determination of the amount of Operating Expenses or Taxes that are in dispute. The third arbitrator will resolve the dispute by selecting the statement of one of the parties as submitted to the third arbitrator. Within ten days after the third arbitrator’s receipt of the statements from the other arbitrators, the third arbitrator shall notify both parties in writing of the arbitrator’s decision. The decision of the third arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties and their respective heirs, executors, successors and assigns. If either of the parties fails to furnish its statement to the third arbitrator within the time frame specified herein, the third arbitrator shall automatically adopt the other party’s statement as final and binding. The cost of arbitration (exclusive of each party’s witness and attorneys’ fees, which shall be paid by the party) shall be shared equally by the parties.
e. If the Review or subsequent arbitration determines that Operating Expenses and Taxes in the applicable calendar year were overstated, in the aggregate, by ten percent (10%) or more, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s reasonable Review costs; otherwise, Tenant shall pay its own costs in connection with the Review.
 
 

EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

 

 

 

 

 
 

EXHIBIT B

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1. Access to Building . On Saturdays, Sundays, legal holidays and weekdays between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M., access to the Building and/or to the halls, corridors, elevators or stairways in the Building may be restricted and access shall be gained by use of a key or electronic card to the outside doors of the Buildings. Landlord may from time to time establish security controls for the purpose of regulating access to the Building. Tenant shall be responsible for providing access to the Premises for its agents, employees, invitees and guests at times access is restricted, and shall comply with all such security regulations so established.
2. Protecting Premises . The last member of Tenant to leave the Premises shall close and securely lock all doors or other means of entry to the Premises and shut off all lights and equipment in the Premises.
3. Building Directories . The directories for the Building in the form selected by Landlord shall be used exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants. Any additional names and/or name change requested by Tenant to be displayed in the directories must be approved by Landlord and, if approved, will be provided at the sole expense of Tenant.
4. Large Articles . Furniture, freight and other large or heavy articles may be brought into the Building only at times and in the manner designated by Landlord and always at Tenant's sole responsibility. All damage done to the Building, its furnishings, fixtures or equipment by moving or maintaining such furniture, freight or articles shall be repaired at Tenant’s expense.
5. Signs . Tenant shall not paint, display, inscribe, maintain or affix any sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name, notice, lettering or direction on any part of the outside or inside of the Building, or on any part of the inside of the Premises which can be seen from the outside of the Premises, including windows and doors, without the written consent of Landlord, and then only such name or names or matter and in such color, size, style, character and material as shall be first approved by Landlord in writing. Landlord, without notice to Tenant, reserves the right to remove, at Tenant's expense, all matters other than that provided for above.
6. Compliance with Laws . Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, governmental orders or regulations and applicable orders or directions from any public office or body having jurisdiction, whether now existing or hereinafter enacted with respect to the Premises and the use or occupancy thereof. Tenant shall not make or permit any use of the Premises which directly or indirectly is forbidden by law, ordinance, governmental regulations or order or direction of applicable public authority, which may be dangerous to persons or property or which may constitute a nuisance to other tenants.
7. Hazardous Materials . Tenant shall not use or permit to be brought into the Premises or the Building any flammable oils or fluids, or any explosive or other articles deemed hazardous to persons or property, or do or permit to be done any act or thing which will invalidate, or which, if brought in, would be in conflict with any insurance policy covering the Building or its operation, or the Premises, or any part of either, and will not do or permit to be done anything in or upon the Premises, or bring or keep anything therein, which shall not comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of any organization, bureau, department or body having jurisdiction with respect thereto (and Tenant shall at all times comply with all such rules, orders, regulations or requirements), or which shall increase the rate of insurance on the Building, its appurtenances, contents or operation.
8. Defacing Premises and Overloading . Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed in the Premises near the glass of any door, partition, wall or window that may be unsightly from outside the Premises. Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed any article of any kind on any window ledge or on the exterior walls; blinds, shades, awnings or other forms of inside or outside window ventilators or similar devices shall not be placed in or about the outside windows in the Premises except to the extent that the character, shape, color, material and make thereof is approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not do any painting or decorating in the Premises or install any floor coverings in the Premises or make, paint, cut or drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Premises or Building without in each instance obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not overload any floor or part thereof in the Premises, or any facility in the Building or any public corridors or elevators therein by bringing in or removing any large or heavy articles and Landlord may direct and control the location of safes, files, and all other heavy articles and, if considered necessary by Landlord may require Tenant at its expense to supply whatever supplementary supports necessary to properly distribute the weight.
     
 
9. Obstruction of Public Areas . Tenant shall not, whether temporarily, accidentally or otherwise, allow anything to remain in, place or store anything in, or obstruct in any way, any sidewalk, court, hall, passageway, entrance, or shipping area. Tenant shall lend its full cooperation to keep such areas free from all obstruction and in a clean and sightly condition, and move all supplies, furniture and equipment as soon as received directly to the Premises, and shall move all such items and waste (other than waste customarily removed by Building employees) that are at any time being taken from the Premises directly to the areas designated for disposal. All courts, passageways, entrances, exits, elevators, escalators, stairways, corridors, halls and roofs are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence, in the judgment of Landlord, shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interest of the Building and its tenants; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant deals within the normal course of Tenant's business so long as such persons are not engaged in illegal activities.
10. Additional Locks . Tenant shall not attach, or permit to be attached, additional locks or similar devices to any door or window, change existing locks or the mechanism thereof, or make or permit to be made any keys for any door other than those provided by Landlord. Upon termination of this Lease or of Tenant's possession, Tenant shall immediately surrender all keys to the Premises.
11. Communications or Utility Connections . If Tenant desires signal, alarm or other utility or similar service connections installed or changed, then Tenant shall not install or change the same without the approval of Landlord, and then only under direction of Landlord and at Tenant's expense. Tenant shall not install in the Premises any equipment which requires a greater than normal amount of electrical current for the permitted use without the advance written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of load or demand for or use of electrical current which can safely be permitted in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electric wiring in the Building and the Premises and the needs of other tenants in the Building, and Tenant shall not in any event connect a greater load than that which is safe.
12. Office of the Building . Service requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the office of Highwoods Properties, Inc. Employees of Landlord shall not perform, and Tenant shall not engage them to do any work outside of their duties unless specifically authorized by Landlord.
13. Restrooms . The restrooms, toilets, urinals, vanities and the other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant whom, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.
14. Intoxication . Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated, or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who in any way violates any of the Rules and Regulations of the Building.
15. Nuisances and Certain Other Prohibited Uses . Tenant shall not (a) install or operate any internal combustion engine, boiler, machinery, refrigerating, heating or air conditioning apparatus in or about the Premises; (b) engage in any mechanical business, or in any service in or about the Premises or Building, except those ordinarily embraced within the Permitted Use as specified in Section 3 of the Lease; (c) use the Premises for housing, lodging, or sleeping purposes; (d) prepare or warm food in the Premises or permit food to be brought into the Premises for consumption therein (heating coffee and individual lunches of employees excepted) except by express permission of Landlord; (e) place any radio or television antennae on the roof or on or in any part of the inside or outside of the Building other than the inside of the Premises, or place a musical or sound producing instrument or device inside or outside the Premises which may be heard outside the Premises; (f) use any power source for the operation of any equipment or device other than dry cell batteries or electricity; (g) operate any electrical device from which may emanate waves that could interfere with or impair radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in the Building or elsewhere; (h) bring or permit to be in the Building any bicycle, other vehicle, dog (except in the company of a blind person), other animal or bird; (i) make or permit any objectionable noise or odor to emanate from the Premises; (j) disturb, harass, solicit or canvass any occupant of the Building; (k) do anything in or about the Premises which could be a nuisance or tend to injure the reputation of the Building; (i) allow any firearms in the Building or the Premises except as approved by Landlord in writing.
16. Solicitation . Tenant shall not canvass other tenants in the Building to solicit business or contributions and shall not exhibit, sell or offer to sell, use, rent or exchange any products or services in or from the Premises unless ordinarily embraced within the Tenant's Permitted Use as specified in Section 3 of the Lease.
     
 
17. Energy Conservation . Tenant shall not waste electricity, water, heat or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to insure the most effective operation of the Building's heating and air conditioning, and shall not allow the adjustment (except by Landlord's authorized Building personnel) of any controls.
18. Building Security . At all times other than normal business hours the exterior Building doors and suite entry door(s) must be kept locked to assist in security. Problems in Building and suite security should be directed to Landlord at (404) 321-6555.
19. Parking . Parking is in designated parking areas only. There shall be no vehicles in "no parking" zones or at curbs. Handicapped spaces are for handicapped persons only and the Police Department will ticket unauthorized (unidentified) cars in handicapped spaces. Landlord reserves the right to remove vehicles that do not comply with the Lease or these Rules and Regulations and Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from its reasonable exercise of these rights with respect to the vehicles of Tenant and its employees, agents and invitees.
20. Janitorial Service . The janitorial staff will remove all trash from trashcans. Any container or boxes left in hallways or apparently discarded unless clearly and conspicuously labeled DO NOT REMOVE may be removed without liability to Landlord. Any large volume of trash resulting from delivery of furniture, equipment, etc., should be removed by the delivery company, Tenant, or Landlord at Tenant's expense. Janitorial service will be provided after hours five (5) days a week. All requests for trash removal other than normal janitorial services should be directed to Landlord at (404) 321-6555.
21. Construction . Tenant shall make no structural or interior alterations of the Premises. All structural and nonstructural alterations and modifications to the Premises shall be coordinated through Landlord as outlined in the Lease. Completed construction drawings of the requested changes are to be submitted to Landlord or its designated agent for pricing and construction supervision.

 
 

EXHIBIT C

COMMENCEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This COMMENCEMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), made and entered into as of this _______ day of ________________, 2014, by and between HIGHWOODS DLF 98/29, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and SAFETY QUICK LIGHTING & FANS CORP. , a Florida corporation (“Tenant”);

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, Tenant and Landlord entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated _____________ (the “Lease”), for space designated as Suite 154, comprising approximately 1,290 rentable square feet, in the One Point Royal Building, located at 4400 North Point Parkway, City of Atlanta, County of Fulton, State of Georgia; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Rent Schedule and further alter and modify said Lease in the manner set forth below,

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual and reciprocal promises herein contained, Tenant and Landlord hereby agree that said Lease hereinafter described be, and the same is hereby modified in the following particulars, effective as of _____________________:

 

1. Lease Term. The definition for “Term”, provided in Section One of the Lease, entitled “Basic Definitions and Provisions” shall be amended to provide that the Commencement Date is: _____ and the Expiration Date is: _________.
2. Base Rent . The definition for “Rent”, provided in Section One of the Lease, entitled “Basic Definitions and Provisions”, shall be amended as follows:
a. Base Rent. Subsection 1(f) entitled “Base Rent”, is amended to provide that the Base Rent for the Term shall be $ __________, instead of $______________.
b. Rent Schedule. The rent schedule provided in Subsection 1(f) shall be replaced with the following rent schedule:
3. Miscellaneous. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same definitions ascribed to them in the Lease.
4. Lease Effectiveness. Except as modified and amended by this Agreement, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

[BALANCE OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK;

SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.

 

Tenant:

SAFETY QUICK LIGHTING & FANS CORP.

a Florida corporation

 

By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Date:    
Attest:    
  Secretary
Corporate Seal:  

  

[If Tenant is a corporation, the authorized officers must sign no behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. This Lease must be executed by the President or Vice President and attested by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall provide otherwise, in which case, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution must be attached to this Lease. The appropriate corporate seal must also be affixed.]

 

Landlord:

HIGHWOODS DLF 98/29, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

By: Highwoods DLF, LLC, its manager

a Delaware limited liability company

By: Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership, its sole member

a North Carolina limited partnership

By: Highwoods Properties, Inc., its sole general partner

a Maryland corporation

 

 

By:    
    Jim Bacchetta, Vice President and Division Manager

 
 

EXHIBIT D

ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES

 

Tenant:  
Landlord  
Date Lease Signed:    
Term of Lease:   Months
     
 

 

Address of Leased Premises

Suite:   Containing approximately   square feet, located
at  
   
 
Commencement Date:  
Expiration Date:  
 
The above described Premises are accepted by Tenant as suitable for the purpose for which they were let.  The
above described lease term commences and expires on the dates set forth above.  Tenant acknowledges that on
  it received from Landlord   keys to the Premises.  It is understood that if there is a
punch list which will be completed after move-in, then said punch list will be an exhibit hereto.
 
TENANT   LANDLORD
     
(Type/Print Name of Tenant)    (Type/Print Name of Landlord)

(Signature)

 

 

(Signature)

 

(Type/Pint Name and Title)   (Type/Print Name and Title)
                           

     

Exhibit 10.33

 

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

 

This Sublease Agreement (“ Sublease ”) is entered into this 15th day of October, 2014 by and between Safety Quick Light, LLC Florida limited liability company (“ Sublandlord ”), and Stableford Capital, LLC a Georgia limited liability company (“ Subtenant ”).

 

MASTER LEASE

 

Sublandlord is the Tenant and Metzler One Buckhead Plaza, L.P., is the Landlord ( “Prime Landlord” ) under a written Lease dated December 17, 2013 covering certain real property located at 3060 Peachtree Road, Atlanta, GA 30305, containing approximately 2,895 rentable square feet on the third (3rd) floor, (“Master Premises” ). Said Lease specifically described above, is herein referred to as the “Master Lease” and attached hereto as Exhibit A . Capitalized terms used in this Sublease without definition shall have the definition ascribed to such terms in the Master Lease. This Sublease shall be of no force or effect unless consented to by Prime Landlord in writing, pursuant to the consent terms and conditions defined in the Master Lease. Except to the extent expressly modified herein, all terms and conditions of the Master Lease are incorporated into and made a part of this Sublease as if Sublandlord were the Landlord thereunder, Subtenant the Tenant thereunder, and the Premises the Master Premises. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Sublease and that of the Master Lease, this Sublease will govern and control. Sublandlord warrants and represents to Subtenant that the Master Lease has not been amended or modified, that Sublandlord is not now, and as of the Commencement Date (herein defined) hereof will not be, in default or breach of any of the provisions of the Master Lease, and Sublandlord has no actual or constructive knowledge of any claim by Landlord that Sublandlord is in default or breach of any of the provisions of the Master Lease. Neither Sublandlord or Subtenant shall not commit or suffer any act or omission that will violate any of the provisions of the Master Lease. If the Master Lease terminates, this Sublease shall terminate and the parties shall be relieved of any further liability of obligations under this Sublease except as otherwise set forth in the following sentence. If the Master Lease terminates as a result of a default or breach either by Subtenant under this Sublease or by Sublandlord under the Master Lease, then the defaulting party shall be liable to the non-defaulting party for all quantifiable damage suffered as a result of such termination. Subtenant assumes and agrees to perform Sublandlord’s obligation under the Master Lease during the Term to the extent that such obligations are applicable to the Premises (as subsequently defined herein), except that the obligation to pay rent to Prime Landlord under the Master Lease shall be considered performed by Subtenant to the extent and in the amount that the “Base Rent” (as defined in this Sublease) is paid to Sublandlord in accordance herewith.

 

SUBLEASE PREMISES

 

Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby takes and subleases from Sublandlord on the terms and conditions set forth in this Sublease the Master Premises (“ Premises ”) located on the 3rd floor, Suite 390 containing approximately 2,895 rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit C attached hereto.

 

TERM AND POSSESSION

 

The Term of this Sublease shall commence on the later of (i) November 1, 2014or (ii) the date of Prime Landlord’s full consent of the Sublease (the “Commencement Date ”), and end on March 31, 2017 (“ Term ”). Tenant shall be allowed access to the premises ten (10) days prior to the Lease Commencement Date for the installation of furniture and equipment.

 

BASE RENT

 

(a) Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as base rent (“Base Rent”), without deduction, setoff, notice, or demand, at 4400 North Point Parkway, Alpharetta, GA 30022, Attn: Patty Barron or such other place as Sublandlord shall designate from time to time by reasonable prior written notice to Subtenant, payable monthly in advance on or before the first (1st) day of each month through the end of the Term.

     
 

Base Rent Schedule:

 

Period* Base Rent per RSF Annual    Base Rent Monthly Base Rent
12/01/2014 - 11/30/2015 $29.00 $83,955.00 $6,996.25
12/01/2015 - 11/30/2016 $29.89 $86,473.65 $7,206.14
12/01/2016 - 03/31/2017 $30.76 *$29,683.40 $7,420.85

*4 months base rent

 

Upon execution of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deposit with Sublandlord the sum of Six Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-Six and 25/100 Dollars ($6,996.25) as first month’s Base Rent.  Such advanced rent payment shall be applied as first month’s Base rent for December 2014. If the Term begins or ends on a day other than the first or last day of the month, the rent for the partial month shall be prorated on a per diem basis.

 

(b) Subtenant hereby acknowledges that if any monthly payment of Base Rent or any other monies due hereunder from Subtenant not be received by Sublandlord within five (5) business days after such payment is due, Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord a late charge equal to 5% of such delinquent amount. Additionally, if any Base Rent or other monies due hereunder by Subtenant to Sublandlord which are not paid within five (5) business days after Subtenant receives notice of such non-payment, the same shall bear interest at the rate of one and one-half percent (1 1/2%) per month from said due date until paid.

 

REPAIRS BY SUBTENANT

 

Sublandlord shall be entitled to the same rights as Prime Landlord regarding entry to the Premises as are provided Prime Landlord in the Master Lease. Subtenant has inspected the Premises and accepts the Premises in their present existing condition and acknowledges same as suited for Subtenant’s purposes and intended use, provided, however, that prior to the Commencement Date Sublandlord agrees to leave the Premises in a broom clean condition with no major blemishes on the walls (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and free from any personal property. From and after the applicable Commencement Date with respect to the portion of the Premises for which possession has been delivered to Subtenant, Subtenant shall, in addition to undertaking all duties and obligations of Sublandlord to Prime Landlord under the Master Lease, throughout the Term of this Sublease and at Subtenant’s expense maintain in good order and repair the Premises, including the Premises interior, fixtures and all improvements located therein or thereon. Subtenant agrees to return the Premises to Sublandlord at the expiration of this Sublease or upon prior termination of the Term, if any, in as good condition and repair as when first received by Subtenant, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

 

SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

Subtenant shall, upon execution of this Sublease Agreement, deposit with Sublandlord the sum of Thirty Four thousand nine hundred eighty one and 25/100 Dollars ($34,981.25) to be held by Sublandlord as security for Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease (the “Security Deposit”). Sublandlord may apply all or any portion of the Security Deposit to any unpaid Base Rent or Additional Rent due from Subtenant, or to cure any other defaults of Subtenant. If Sublandlord uses all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Subtenant shall restore the Security Deposit to its full amount within ten (10) days after Sublandlord's written request, which request shall specify the reason for use of any such portion of the Security Deposit. Subtenant's failure to do so shall be deemed an event of default under the Sublease. No interest shall be paid by Sublandlord to Subtenant on the Security Deposit. Sublandlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts, and no trust relationship is created with respect to the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit is not a prepayment of Subtenant's monthly rent obligations, and may not be used by Subtenant as such; it is expressly understood that the Security Deposit does not and shall not constitute Subtenant's "last month's rent." Upon any termination of the Sublease not resulting from Subtenant's default, and after Subtenant has vacated the Premises in the manner required by the Sublease and otherwise timely performed its obligations pursuant to the Sublease throughout the Term, Sublandlord shall, within - 30 days after the expiration of the Term, refund the remaining portion of the Security Deposit to Subtenant.

     
 

REDUCTION IN SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

Notwithstanding anything in the Security Deposit section above to the contrary, so long as Subtenant is then current in the payment of all Base Rent due hereunder and has not been in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period, the Security Deposit will be reduced as follows: (i) as of the first (1st) day of the sixth (6th) full calendar month of the Term of this Sublease and proof from Subtenant of revenues at or in excess of $500,000.00, the Security Deposit shall be reduced to $20,988.75 (ii) as of the first day of the twelfth (12th) full calendar of the Term of this Sublease and proof from Subtenant of revenues at or in excess of $750,000.00, the Security Deposit shall be reduced to $6,996.25. In no event shall the Security Deposit ever be in an amount less than $6,996.25 during the Term of this Sublease. The Sublandlord agrees that the security deposit reduction(s) shall be credited against the rent due for the following month(s); e.g. the “sixth month reduction” will satisfy the rent due for the seventh and eigth month. In the second year of the lease, the Subtenant shall be responsible for the remaining balance(s) due for months thirteen (13) and fourteen (14) according to this lease.

 

SUBTENANT’S DEFAULT

 

If Subtenant is late in the payment of Base Rent or any other charges required of Subtenant hereunder, and the same remains delinquent for more than five (5) business days after Sublandlord provides Subtenant notice of the same, or if Subtenant defaults in performing any other of its obligations hereunder (including, but not limited to, obligations under the Master Lease that are incorporated into this Sublease), and such non-monetary default is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice to Subtenant provided, however, if Subtenant’s failure to comply cannot reasonably be cured within ten (10) days, Subtenant shall be allowed additional time (not to exceed 45 days) as is reasonably necessary to cure the failure so long as Subtenant begins the cure within ten (10) days and diligently pursues the cure to completion; or if Subtenant is adjudicated a bankrupt; or if a permanent receiver is appointed for Subtenant’s property, including any interest Subtenant may have in the Premises; or if, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, Subtenant files or is subject to creditor relief proceedings under any present or future law; or if Subtenant makes an assignment for benefit of creditors; or if the Premises or Subtenant’s property or interest herein should be levied upon or attached and not satisfied or dissolved within thirty (30) days; then, and in any said events, at Sublandlord’s option and upon Sublandlord’s notice to Subtenant of a termination of the Sublease, Subtenant shall at once surrender possession of the Premises to Sublandlord and remove all of Subtenant’s property and effects therefrom; and Sublandlord may forthwith re-enter the Premises and repossess same, and remove all persons and effects therefrom, using such force as may be necessary without being guilty of trespass, forcible entry or detained or other tort.

 

In addition, Sublandlord shall have the right to pursue any and all other remedies available at law and in equity to recover from Subtenant all amounts then due or thereafter accruing and such other damages as are caused by Subtenant’s default. No course of dealing between Sublandlord and Subtenant or any delay on the part of Sublandlord in exercising any rights Sublandlord may have under this Sublease shall operate as a waiver of any of the rights of Sublandlord hereunder, nor shall any waiver or prior default operate as a waiver of any subsequent default. In exercising its rights and remedies under this Sublease, Sublandlord shall be entitled to recover from Subtenant all costs incurred, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees actually incurred.

 

No termination of this Sublease prior to the expiration thereof by lapse of time, by default of either party or otherwise shall affect Sublandlord’s right to collect Base Rent or charges due hereunder for the period prior to termination by either party.

 

USE OF PREMISES

 

The Premises shall be used and occupied by Subtenant only for general office use and for no other use or purpose.

 

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

Subtenant shall not have the right to assign this Lease or sublet the Premises except upon receipt of Prime Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     
 

HOLDING OVER

 

All terms and conditions of the Master Lease shall control in the event that Subtenant fails to yield up immediate possession of the Premises upon the termination or expiration of the Sublease except that any tenancy at sufferance shall include rent charges equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent paid hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section shall not apply in the event that Subtenant has executed a direct lease for the Premises with Prime Landlord that extends Subtenant’s occupancy of the entire Premises after the expiration of this Sublease. If (i) Subtenant remains in possession of the Premises upon the termination of the Master Lease, (ii) Sublandlord returns possession of the Master Premises other than the Premises (the “Remainder Premises”) to Prime Landlord upon the termination of Master Lease, and (iii) Sublandlord is responsible to pay holdover rent or incurs any costs pursuant to Section 24 of the Master Lease on the Master Premises or on the Premises as a result of Subtenant’s remaining in possession of the Premises after the termination of the Master Lease, then Subtenant shall indemnify Sublandlord for Sublandlord’s indemnity obligations as “Tenant” under the Master Lease with respect to the Remainder Premises and the Premises for any claims arising from the Subtenant’s holding over. Subtenant’s liability for a holdover event for which Sublandlord does not hold over on the Remainder Premises but Subtenant does hold over on the Premises as described in the immediately preceding sentence, shall be equal to all damages owed to Master Landlord by Sublandlord as Tenant, under Section 22 of the Master Lease, which includes 100% of the holdover rent then due under the Master Lease. Subtenant’s liability for a holdover event for which Sublandlord holds over on the Remainder Premises and Subtenant also holds over on the Premises shall be calculated as a prorata percentage interest based upon a formula that is equal to the square footage of the Premises leased by Subtenant under this Sublease divided by the square footage of the total premises that are leased by Sublandlord under its Master Lease with Landlord as of the time of such indemnification.

 

ATTORNEY’S FEES

 

If Sublandlord or Subtenant shall commence an action against the other arising out of or in connection with this Sublease, the substantially prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its cost of suit and reasonable attorneys’ fees and related expenses.

 

BROKER REPRESENTATION AND DISCLOSURE

 

Avison Young-Atlanta, LLC represent Sublandlord in this transaction, and Joel and Granot Real Estate, Inc. represents the Subtenant in this transaction, collectively ( “Brokers” ). Brokers will be paid a real estate commission by Sublandlord, per a separate commission agreement.

 

PARKING

 

Subtenant shall have the right to use any parking spaces available to Sublandlord as per the Master Lease and Subtenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with Parking.

 

SIGNAGE

 

Sublandlord shall request that Prime Landlord provide directory signage for Subtenant at the sole cost and expense of Subtenant.

 

FF&E

 

Refrigerator currently located in break/work room shall remain; all other furniture, fixture and equipment shall be removed from Premises by Sublandlord.

     
 

INSURANCE

 

During the term of this Sublease, Subtenant shall fully comply with all of the insurance obligations as provided for in the Master Lease with respect to the Premises. In addition to the obligations in the Master Lease, Subtenant’s insurance shall also comply with the following: (i) Subtenant’s commercial general liability policy shall name Sublandlord as an additional insured, and (ii) all policies of insurance shall contain endorsements that the insurer(s) shall give Sublandlord at least 30 days’ advance written notice of any cancellation, termination, material change or lapse of insurance. Subtenant agrees to provide proof to Sublandlord in the form of an original certificate of insurance regarding the aforementioned on or before the Commencement Date of this Sublease.

 

During the term of this Sublease, Sublandlord shall fully comply with all the insurance obligations as provided for in the Master Lease with respect to the Remainder Premises.

 

Each party hereby waives claims against the other for property damage that could be insured under a standard fire and extended coverage policy of insurance and each party shall attempt to obtain from its insurance carrier a waiver of its right of subrogation with respect to such insurance.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Anything to the contrary in this Sublease or the Master Lease notwithstanding, Sublandlord shall not be liable to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby waives all claims against Sublandlord for injury or damage to any person or property by or from any cause whatsoever arising out of Subtenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises during the Term of this Sublease, excepting Sublandlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, and Subtenant shall remain liable for its own negligence or otherwise tortuous acts, errors or omissions and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Sublandlord harmless against and from any and all costs, expenses, claims, demands, obligations and liabilities, (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) brought or asserted by any third party on account of Subtenant’s breach of contract, negligence or willful misconduct in the use or occupancy of the Premises during the Term of this Sublease.

 

ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

 

Subtenant shall have the right to improve, add to or alter the Premises and to install fixtures and other equipment thereon provided that Subtenant shall have first obtained the prior written consent of Prime Landlord pursuant to the Master Lease. Subtenant may remove all fixtures, equipment and other improvements in the Premises made by Subtenant at any time during or at expiration or termination of the Sublease, if and only if Subtenant repairs any damage to the Premises caused by such removal and restores the Premises to the condition required by the paragraph of this Sublease entitled “REPAIRS BY SUBTENANT” at expiration or termination of this Sublease, provided, however, that the same shall not be required in the event that Subtenant has executed a direct lease for the Premises with Prime Landlord that extends Subtenant’s occupancy of the Premises after the expiration of this Sublease. However, any such improvements, additions, alterations, fixtures and other equipment of Subtenant which are not removed upon expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease (unless Subtenant enters into a direct lease with Prime Landlord that extends Subtenant’s occupancy of the Premises after the expiration of this Sublease), the same shall revert to and become the absolute property of Prime Landlord, free and clear of any and all claims against them by Subtenant or any third party, and Subtenant hereby agrees to hold Sublandlord and Prime Landlord harmless from any such claims by third parties.

  

AUTHORITY

 

Subtenant hereby warrants and represents that the undersigned officer of Subtenant has due authorization to execute this Sublease and to perform Subtenant’s obligations hereunder.

 

Sublandlord hereby warrants and represents that the undersigned officer of Sublandlord has due authorization to execute this Sublease and to perform Sublandlord’s obligations hereunder.

     
 

NOTICE

 

Whenever in this Sublease any notice is required or permitted to be given by either party to the other in writing, such notices shall be sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier or by hand delivery to the addresses indicated in this paragraph unless Sublandlord and Subtenant designate to the other party in writing another address. The date of service of any notice hereunder shall be the date of personal delivery, or the date of post mark in the U.S. mail, or the date of confirmed deposit with the courier as the case may be.

 

As to Sublandlord: As to Subtenant:
   

Safety Quick Light, LLC

4400 North Point Parkway

Suite 154

Alpharetta, GA 30022

Stableford Capital, LLC

3060 Peachtree Road

Suite 390

Atlanta, GA 30305

   

ATTN: Patty Barron

ATTN: Mark Lapolla 

 

NON-WAIVER OF RIGHTS

 

No course of dealing between Sublandlord and Subtenant or any failure or delay on the part of Sublandlord or Subtenant, respectively, in exercising any rights of Sublandlord or Subtenant under any provisions of this Sublease shall operate as a waiver of any rights of Sublandlord or Subtenant, as applicable, under this Sublease, nor shall any waiver of a default on one occasion operate as a waiver of any subsequent default or any other default. No express waiver shall affect any condition, covenant, rule or regulation other than the one specified in such waiver, and that one only for the time and in the manner specifically stated.

 

TIME

 

Time is of the essence in this Sublease.

 

APPLICABLE LAW

 

This Sublease shall be construed under the laws of the Georgia without reference to the conflict of law provisions of such state.

 

SEVERABILITY CLAUSE

 

If any clause or provision of this Sublease is illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the Term of this Sublease, then and in that event it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Sublease shall not be affected thereby.

 

NO ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATIONS IN MASTER LEASE

 

This Sublease shall not be construed to create any relationship or contractual agreement between Subtenant and Prime Landlord. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing statement, Subtenant shall have no rights under the Master Lease and shall take no action or assert any claim against Prime Landlord under the Master Lease or Sublease and shall look solely to Sublandlord for enforcement of Subtenant’s rights hereunder.

 

COUNTERPARTS

 

This Sublease may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and together shall constitute one and the same Sublease, with one counterpart being delivered to each party hereto.

     
 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Sublease contains the entire agreement of Sublandlord and Subtenant, and no representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties not embodied herein shall be of any force or effect.

 

QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Sublease and so long as Subtenant is not in default in the performance of its covenants and agreements in this Sublease (beyond any applicable notice and grace period), Subtenant’s quiet and peaceable enjoyment of the Premises shall not be disturbed or interfered with by Sublandlord or anyone claiming by, under or through Sublandlord.

 

PROVISIONS REGARDING SUBLEASE

 

In order to afford to Subtenant the benefits of this Sublease and of those provisions of the Master Lease which by their nature are intended to benefit the party in possession of the Premises, Sublandlord acknowledges and agrees to the following:

 

A. Provided Subtenant shall timely pay all Base Rent when and as due under this Sublease, Sublandlord shall pay, when and as due, all base rent, additional rent and other charges payable by Sublandlord to Prime Landlord under the Master Lease.

 

B. Sublandlord shall perform its covenants and obligations under the Master Lease which do not require for their performance possession of the Premises and which are not otherwise to be performed hereunder by Subtenant on behalf of Sublandlord.

 

C. Sublandlord shall not agree to an amendment to the Master Lease which might: (i) have a material adverse effect on Subtenant’s occupancy of the Premises or its use of the Premises for their intended purpose, or (ii) result in a material increase in costs to Subtenant.

 

D. Sublandlord hereby grants to Subtenant the right to receive all of the services and benefits with respect to the Premises which are to be provided by Prime Landlord under the Master Lease.

 

E. Sublandlord shall promptly notify Subtenant of any notice received from the Prime Landlord under the Master Lease.

 
 

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublandlord and Subtenant, acting by and through their authorized officers, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals as of the day and year first above written.

 

  SUBLANDLORD: Safety Quick Light, LLC , a Florida Limited Liability Company
       
  By:   /s/ Patricia Barron
  Name:   Patricia Barron
  Title:   COO
  Witnessed By:    
  Title:    
       
  SUBTENANT:   Stableford Capital, LLC , A Georgia Limited Liability Company
     
  By:   /s/ Mark O. Lapolla
  Name:   Mark O. Lapolla
  Title:   Managing Member
  Witnessed By:    
  Title:    

 
 

Exhibit A

 

Master Lease

 

 

 
 

Exhibit B

   

 
 

EXHIBIT C

Subleased Premises

     

Exhibit 10.34

 

AGREEMENT AND MUTUAL RELEASE AND WAIVER

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND MUTUAL RELEASE AND WAIVER , (the “Agreement”) executed on November 21, 2014 by and between Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. (the “Company”) and James R. Hills, (“Hills”), each referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”, is effective as of the Effective Date, as hereinafter set forth in Paragraph 15.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , The Company and Hills have entered into each of (i) that certain Consulting Agreement dated effective April 1, 2012 (“2012 Agreement”) (ii) that certain Executive Employment Agreement, dated November 15, 2013 (“2013 Agreement”), and that certain Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated March 26, 2014 (the “Amended Agreement”, together with the 2012 Agreement and the 2013 Agreement, collectively the “Hills Agreement”), providing for, among other things, Hills’ engagement by the Company as a consultant and employment by the Company as its Chief Executive Officer; and
WHEREAS , The Parties intend to effect the termination of the Hills Agreement and the mutual extinguishment of any obligations, real or perceived, existing as of the date hereof whether derived from the Hills Agreement or otherwise, as expressly herein provided.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and other good and valuable consideration as hereinafter set forth, the Parties agree as follows;

 

1. Mutual Release and Waiver .

As of the Effective Date and upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, each of the Parties hereby (i) agrees that the Hills Agreement is terminated and (ii) releases and forever discharges the other and, as the case may be, any and all of the other’s past, present and future subsidiaries, directors, officers, shareholders, principals, employees, affiliates, agents, administrators, attorneys, successors and assigns, from any and all actions, causes of action, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, damages, judgments, claims and demands whatsoever, in law or in equity, now known or unknown from the beginning of the world to the date of this Agreement, which could be made or alleged now or in the future arising out of any covenant, agreement, right, demand or understanding (each a “Claim”, and collectively “Claims”), whether any such Claim is derived under or from the Hills Agreement or otherwise, and the Parties do hereby specifically waive any claim or right to assert any cause of action or alleged cause of action or c laim or demand against the other which has, through oversight or error, intentionally or unintentionally or through a mutual mistake, been omitted from this Agreement. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that Hills is released from any and all obligations to perform any duties or services for or on behalf of the Company in his capacity as a consultant, as an officer (including as the Chief Executive Officer) of the Company, or in any other employment capacity. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Hills hereby reserves and retains and does not hereby release any Claims consisting of or relating to Hills’ respective rights (a) to receive any payments or benefits under this Agreement, (b) under or with respect to any convertible or other debt instruments owed by the Company to or otherwise held by Hills (including without limit that certain $250,000 convertible note), any capital stock in the Company previously acquired or received and currently owned or held by Hills (including without limit the New Stock (as hereinafter defined), the Prior Stock (as hereinafter defined) or those 230,818 shares of capital stock previously acquired by Hills) and any warrants or options to acquire any capital stock in the Company (including without limit those warrants to acquire 74,083 shares of the Company’s capital stock) in each case as held or owned by Hills or (c) to be indemnified by the Company either as provided hereunder or in conformity with the Company’s bylaws, policies or programs as applicable to its directors, officer, employees or other representatives or to receive benefits or protections available under any liability insurance policy maintained by the Company.

 

2. Common Stock and Incentive Compensation .

As full consideration for the extinguishment of the Hills Agreement and the promises set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to provide and pay to Hills the following:

     
 

i. Common Stock: Upon execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company shall issue to Hills the two hundred and fifty thousand (250,000) shares of the Company’s common stock scheduled to vest on December 31, 2014 under the Hills Agreement (the “New Stock”), and Hills shall be entitled to retain such New Stock and the five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of the Company’s common stock previously issued pursuant to the Hills Agreement (the “Prior Stock”)..

 

ii. Compensation Due: The Company shall cause to be paid to Hills all accrued and unpaid salary, incentive compensation, unused vacation time, expense reimbursements and vehicle reimbursements due to him, as set forth in the Hills Agreement, through and including the Effective Date, paid pro rata as applicable.

 

iii. Incentive Compensation: Hills shall be entitled to 0.50% (.0050) of the Company’s gross revenue (defined and determined as the Company’s total gross sales, at the full invoiced amount, less solely product returns and initial discounts and determined without reduction for direct or indirect sales, advertising, marketing, shipping, warehousing or other costs or any rebates or other commissions payable in connection with such sales), generated solely from Home Depot for a period of thirty-six (36) months (the “Incentive Period”) commencing on the earlier of July 1, 2015 or the Company’s first and initial shipment of any goods or products pursuant to an order from Home Depot. The incentive compensation payments pursuant to this subsection, if any, shall be made to Hills for each full or partial calendar quarter occurring during the Incentive Period within fifteen (15) days after the last day of such calendar quarter. Hills shall be entitled, upon prior written notice to the Company, to audit the Company’s books and records not more frequently than one (1) time per calendar year for purposes of verifying the amounts paid to Hills hereunder. The Company shall reasonably cooperate with Hills in making its applicable books and records available for purposes of allowing such audit. In the event any such audit results in verification of the Company’s underpayment to Hills by an amount at or in excess of five percent (5%) of the amount actually paid to Hills for the period audited, then the Company shall promptly pay such deficiency to Hills and further reimburse Hills for the costs incurred in performing such audit. During the Incentive Period, the Company shall endeavor to timely respond to Hills reasonable inquiries and otherwise provide Hills, on a quarterly basis, with information regarding the Company’s relationship or activities with or involving Home Depot.

 

3. Confidentiality .

Hills shall maintain in strict secrecy all confidential or trade secret information relating to the business of the Company (the “Confidential Information”) obtained by Hills in the course of Hills’ employment by the Company through the date hereof, and Hills shall not, unless first authorized in writing by the Company, disclose to, or use for Hills' benefit or for the benefit of any person, firm or entity at any time, any Confidential Information. For the purposes hereof, Confidential Information shall include, without limitation, any trade secrets, knowledge or information with respect to processes, inventions, machinery, manufacturing techniques or know-how; any business methods or forms; any names or addresses of customers or vendors or data on customers or suppliers; and any business policies or other information relating to or dealing with the purchasing, sales or distribution policies or practices of the Company.

 

Except as required by applicable federal, state or local law or regulation, the term “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement shall not include information that (i) at the time of disclosure is, or thereafter becomes, generally available to and known by the public other than as a result of any material breach of this Agreement by Hills; (ii) at the time of disclosure is, or thereafter becomes, available to Hills on a non-confidential basis from a third-party source, provided that, to Hills’ knowledge, such third party is not and was not prohibited from disclosing such Confidential Information to him by any contractual obligation; or (iii) was independently developed by Hills without reference to or outside of his employment with the Company, whether such employment was pursuant to the Hills Agreement or in any other capacity, including Hills’ position as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors. In addition, Hills shall not be in violation of this Agreement by reason of his use or disclosure of any Confidential Information (a) in order to comply with any federal, state or local law, rule, regulation, subpoena, judicial action, or other governmental investigation or mandate; (b) as necessary for Hills to defend or enforce against an alleged or actual breach of this Agreement or any third party claim; and (c) made to or by Hills’ legal, tax or financial advisors for the purpose of securing their advice, provided that Hills shall inform any such advisor of the obligation to maintain in confidence the Confidential Information so disclosed to or used by them.

     
 

4. Disparaging Statements .

Each of the Parties hereto agree that, from and after the date of this Agreement, each such Party will refrain from making any statement about the other which could be construed disparaging, including but not limited to, statements regarding business practices, financial condition, and the integrity of each of the Parties and, as the case may be, its current and former officers, directors, employees, shareholders, attorneys and accountants, agents, and successors and assigns . For the purposes of this Paragraph 4, disparaging statements shall not include the disclosure or making of truthful testimony compelled by or made under or in connection with a judicial action, governmental investigation or other legal mandate.

 

In addition, the parties shall mutually agree as to the content, timing and means of making or issuing of either (i) any press release or other public comment, statement or filing or (ii) any response to any media or other public or private questions or inquiries concerning Hills’ departure from any office or position with or separation from the Company.

 

5. Indemnification .

Each Party hereby agrees to save and hold harmless the other Party and, as the case may be, all of such other Party’s employees, directors, shareholders, principals, affiliates, heirs, legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors and assigns against and in respect of any loss, cost, expense, claim, liability, deficiency, judgment or damage incurred by the other Party hereto as a result of any material inaccuracy in or material breach of a representation or warranty of such indemnifying Party contained in this Agreement, or any material failure by such indemnifying Party to perform or comply with any of its covenants contained in this Agreement.

 

In addition and not in lieu or limitation of the foregoing, the Company hereby agrees to save and hold harmless Hills and his affiliates, heirs, legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors and assigns against and in respect of any loss, cost, expense, claim, liability, deficiency, judgment or damage incurred by such indemnified person or entity by reason of (i) Hills being or having been a director or officer, consultant, employee or representative of the Company, or (ii) Hills’ good faith performance of his duties or obligations rendered to the Company in his capacity as a director, officer, consultant, employee or representative of the Company.

 

6. Governing Law and Venue .

This Agreement and all matters or issues collateral thereto shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida applicable to contracts made and performed entirely therein and all disputes under this Agreement shall be brought exclusively before the courts of the State of Florida.

 

7. Entire Understanding .

This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the Parties hereto relating to the subject matter herein contained, and supersedes any and all prior agreements, including the Hills Agreement, or understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be changed except by a writing signed by the Party sought to be charged therewith.

 

8. No Waiver .

No waiver by either Party, whether express or implied, of any provisions of this Agreement or of any breach or default by either Party, shall constitute a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, and no such waiver by either Party shall prevent such Party from enforcing any and all provisions of this Agreement or from acting upon the same or any subsequent breach or default of the other Party. No waiver of any provision hereunder shall be effective unless it is in writing signed by the Party against whom enforcement thereof is sought.

     
 

9. Separability .

The provisions set forth in this Agreement shall be considered to be separable and independent of each other. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined in any jurisdiction to be unenforceable, such determination shall not be deemed to affect the enforceability of any other remaining provision and the Parties agree that any court making such a determination is hereby requested and empowered to modify such provision and to substitute for such enforceable provision such limitation or provision of a maximum scope as the court then deems reasonable and judicially enforceable and the Parties agree that such substitute provision shall be as enforceable in said jurisdiction as if set forth initially in this Agreement. Any such substitute provision shall be applicable only in the jurisdiction in which the original provision was determined to be unenforceable.

 

10. Obligations to Survive Releases .

Notwithstanding the Mutual Releases and Waivers contained in this Agreement, the Parties each agree that the agreements, promises, commitments, representations, acknowledgements and confirmations made in this Agreement survive the date of this Agreement and shall be fully effective and enforceable in the future.

 

11. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.
12. This Agreement will be deemed executed when each party initials each page and signs in the space proved below and provides the other party with the fully executed Agreement. Faxed signatures and initials shall constitute originals for all purposes. In the event any party files a legal action to enforce any provision of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to all costs of suit, including all reasonable attorney’s fees.
13. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the releases contained herein do not apply to any claim for breach of any provision of this Agreement.
14. The parties collectively drafted this Agreement and in the event that any ambiguity arises, there shall be no presumption against any individual party in that regard.
15. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Agreement are deemed effective as of November 21, 2014 (the “Effective Date”).
 
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , designated representative of the Parties have hereunto set their hands as of date first set forth above.

 

SAFETY QUICK LIGHTING & FANS CORP.

 

By: /s/ Rani Kohen

Rani Kohen, Chairman, on behalf of the Company’s Board of Directors, which has reviewed this Agreement and ratified and affirmed such Agreement as represented herein.

 

/s/ James R. Hills

JAMES R. HILLS

     

Exhibit 10.35

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Executive Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") dated November ___, 2014 by and between Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp ., a corporation duly organized under the laws of the state of Florida (together with its subsidiaries and predecessor companies hereinafter referred to as the "Company") and John P. Campi, a resident of the state of Georgia (hereinafter referred to as the "Executive").

 

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment . Company hereby agrees to employ Executive as its Chief Executive Officer and Executive hereby accepts such employment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and the terms of employment applicable to regular employees of Company.
2. Duties of Executive . The duties of Executive shall include the performance of all of the duties typical of the office held by Executive as described in the bylaws of the Company and such other duties and projects as may be assigned by the board of directors of the Company, if any. Executive shall perform all duties in a professional, ethical and businesslike manner. Executive will devote the time required by the board to manage necessary company affairs. This may require full time attention during peak levels of activity to accomplish. Executive shall perform such duties principally from the Company’s offices in Atlanta, Georgia, subject to such reasonable travel as may be required. With the exception of those listed on Exhibit A, during the term of this Agreement, Executive's direct or indirect engagement in any other businesses or concerns in any capacity, either with or without compensation will require prior written consent of Company. This consent will not be unreasonably withheld.
3. Compensation. Executive shall be paid compensation during the term of this Agreement as follows:
a) A base salary of one hundred and two thousand dollars per year, payable in installments according to the Company's regular payroll schedule. The base salary shall be reviewed at the end of each year of service and adjusted by the Company's Board of Directors at its sole discretion.
b) A sign-on bonus of seven hundred and fifty thousand (750,000) shares of the Company's common stock (“Sign-on Bonus”) to vest as follows: (these shares will be issued from (source)_ at a price of $xxx.

• 250,000 shares after the first six months of employment,

• 500,000 shares on December 31, 2015,

 

c) An “Incentive Compensation” with cash and stock option components equal to:

Cash:

 

(i) One-half of one-percent (0.005%) of the first $20,000,000 (twenty million dollars) of the Company's annual gross revenue (as defined below) plus one quarter of one percent of revenue above the first $20,000,000:

Gross Revenue Incentive Compensation Rate

 

Up to $20,000,000 0.0050 = $100,000.00

Over $20,000,000 0.0025

 

and

 

(ii) Three percent (3%) of the Company's annual net income (as defined below)

For the purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions of terms shall apply:

 

Gross Revenue shall mean gross sales less any returns and discounts.

     
 

Net Income: shall mean Gross Revenue less cost of manufacturing and transportation to port, selling costs, GE license fee, all operating and financing costs, bank fees, depreciation, amortization and federal, state and local income taxes.

 

Options:

 

(i) Options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock equal to one half of one percent (0.005) of quarterly net income, the strike prices of which will be determined at the time of granting. Such options shall expire five years from grant and can be exercised after twelve months from date of issuance.

 

Payments of the cash components of the incentive compensation shall be made within thirty (30) days after the Company's independent auditor (“Auditor”) has completed its annual audit (“Audit”) for each applicable year. If the Audit in any applicable year has not been completed within one-hundred and five (105) days (“Audit Date”) after the end of the Company’s fiscal year, then the Company shall make a preliminary payment equal to fifty percent (50%) of the estimated amount due based upon the preliminary adjusted net profits determined by the Auditor, and the payment of the balance, if any, paid with 48 hours following completion of the Audit. In the event it is determined that the preliminary payment is greater than the amount of cash incentive compensation due Executive based on the final Audit results, Executive shall return such excess amount of cash incentive compensation paid to the Company within 48 hours following the completion of the Audit.

 

4. Benefits.
a) Vacation . Executive shall be entitled to five (5) weeks paid vacation days each year.
b) Sick Leave . Executive shall be entitled to sick leave and emergency leave according to the regular policies and procedures of Company. Additional sick leave or emergency leave over and above paid leave provided by the Company, if any, shall be unpaid and shall be granted at the discretion of the board of directors.
c) Medical and Group Life Insurance . In the event the Company offers such a plan, Company agrees to include Executive, at the Executive's option, in a group medical and hospital insurance plan the Company may offer during this Agreement. Executive shall be responsible for payment of any federal or state income tax imposed upon these benefits. The offering of a group medical and hospital insurance plan is at the discretion of the Company and NOT a condition of employment by the Executive.
d) Expense Reimbursement . Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable expenses, including travel and entertainment, incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive's duties. Executive will maintain records and written receipts as required by the Company policy and reasonably requested by the board of directors to substantiate such expenses.
5. Initial Term . The term of this Agreement shall, upon commencement, continue in effect until December 31, 2015 (the "Initial Tern"). Following the expiration of the Initial Term, the Agreement shall be renewed upon the mutual agreement of Executive and Company at least thirty (30) days in advance of expiration of the Initial Term.
6. Termination
a) The Company may terminate Executive for cause. Cause shall be defined as:
(i) An act of fraud, embezzlement, theft or neglect of or refusal to substantially perform the duties of Executive's employment which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the Company;
(ii) A material violation of this Agreement by Executive, which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof;
(iii) Executive's death, disability or incapacity.
     
 
b) This Agreement and Executive's employment may be terminated at Company's Board of Directors discretion during the Initial Term, provided that if Executive is terminated without cause, Company shall pay to Executive an amount equal to six months’ salary, or fifty one thousand dollars ($51,000). In addition, if Executive is terminated without cause, five hundred thousand (500,000) of Executive's Sign-on Bonus shares, shall immediately vest. In the event of such termination, Executive shall be entitled to the Incentive Compensation payment and other compensation then in effect, on a prorated basis.
c) This Agreement and Executive's employment may be terminated by the Company's Board of Directors at its discretion at any time after the Initial Term, provided that in such case, Executive shall be paid fifty percent (50%) of Executive's then applicable annual base salary. In the event of such a discretionary termination, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any incentive salary payment or any other compensation then in effect, prorated or otherwise.
d) This Agreement may be terminated by Executive at Executive's discretion by providing at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Company. In the event of termination by Executive pursuant to this subsection, Company may immediately relieve Executive of all duties and immediately terminate this Agreement, provided that Company shall pay Executive at the then applicable base salary rate to the termination date included in Executive's original termination notice.
e) In the event Company is acquired, or is the non-surviving entity in a merger, or sells all or substantially all of its assets, this Agreement, all of the provisions and rights provided herein shall survive. The Company shall use its best efforts to ensure that the transferee or surviving company is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and all shares grants will vest immediately.
7. Notices . Any notice required by this Agreement or given in connection with it, shall be in writing and shall be given to the appropriate party by personal delivery or by certified mail, postage prepaid, or recognized overnight delivery services;

If to Company:

 

Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp.

3060 Peachtree Road

Suite 390

Atlanta, GA 30305

 

If to Executive:

 

John P. Campi

5111 Greythorne Lane

Marietta, GA 30068

 

8. Final Agreement . This Agreement supersedes all prior understandings or agreements on the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be modified only in writing and that which is duly executed by both parties.
9. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state of Florida.
10. Headings . Headings used in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and shall not be used to construe meaning or intent.
11. No Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any or interest in this Agreement may be assigned by Executive without the prior express written approval of Company, which may be withheld by Company at Company's absolute and sole discretion.
12. Severability . If any term of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then this Agreement, including all of the remaining terms, shall remain in full force and effect as if such invalid or unenforceable term had never been included.
     
 
13. Arbitration . The parties agree that they shall use their best efforts to amicably resolve any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Any controversy, claim or dispute that cannot be so resolved shall be settled by final binding arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Any such arbitration shall be conducted in the state of Florida, or such other place as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties. Within fifteen (15) days after the commencement of the arbitration, each party shall select one person to act as arbitrator, and the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator within ten (10) days of their appointment. Each party shall bear its own costs and expenses and an equal share of the arbitrator's expenses and administrative fees of arbitration.

******** Signature Page Follows ********

 
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of November 21, 2014.

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

/s/ John P. Campi

John P. Campi

5111 Greythorne Lane

Marietta, Georgia 30068

 

 

 

SAFETY QUICK LIGHTING & FANS CORP.

3060 Peachtree Road

Suite 390

Atlanta, GA 30305

 

 

/s/ Rani Kohen

Rani Kohen, Chairnan, on behalf of the Company's Board of Directors, which has reviewed the Agreement and ratified and affirmed such Agreement as represented herein.

     

Exhibit 10.36

 

AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND WAIVER (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 10, 2014, is made by and between Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp., a Florida corporation (the “ Company” ) and the undersigned holder of the Note (as hereinafter defined) (“Investor”, and together with the Company, the “ Parties ”, and each, a “ Party ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, on November 26, 2013, the Company issued to Investor that certain Secured Convertible Promissory Note in the principal amount as specified therein (the “Note”);

 

WHEREAS, the Note was issued in connection with the Company’s offering of up to $3,000,000 in secured convertible notes and warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, which closed on November 26, 2013 (the “2013 Offering”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the 2013 Offering, the Investor and the Company entered into the Note, Common Stock Purchase Warrant, Note Subscription Agreement, Security Purchase Agreement, and Registration Rights Agreement (collectively, the “2013 Offering Documents”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 1 and Section 6(i) of the Note, the Company is required to pay Investor all interest accrued under the Note on the one year anniversary of the date funds were received from Investor (the “First Interest Payment”), and quarterly thereafter (each, a “Quarterly Payment”), with each such payment being due by 1:00 p.m. New York time on the date that such payment becomes due (each such date, a “Due Date”);

 

WHEREAS, if the First Interest Payment is not paid under the Note by the Due Date, the interest rate of the Note shall increase by 2% above the current interest rate and shall increase by 2% each thirty (30) day period thereafter until the First Interest Payment is made (the “Penalty Interest”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has not made the First Interest Payment to Investor (the “Late Payment”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that Investor waive the requirements of Section 6(i) to pay the First Interest Payment on the Due Date, and to agree to amend the provision to extend the Due Date and the accrual of Penalty Interest to ninety (90) days following the first anniversary of the Issuance Date of the Note;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that Investor waive and agree that the Late Payment shall not be deemed an Event of Default under Section 8 of the Note; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 13 of the Note, the waivers and amendments requested by the Company must also be consented to in writing by the holders of a majority of the currently outstanding principal amount of all Notes issued pursuant to the 2013 Offering.

     
 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises set forth above and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Note.
2. Waiver and Amendment of Section 6(i) of the Note . Upon Effectiveness (as hereinafter defined), the Company’s obligation to make the First Interest Payment on the Due Date, as provided under Section 6(i) of the Note, is hereby waived, and for the purposes of the First Interest Payment and the first Quarterly Payment, the parties hereby agree that the Due Date shall be extended by amendment of the Note to ninety (90) days following the first anniversary of the Issuance Date of the Note (the “Extended Due Date”) and that the accrual of Penalty Interest for such payments shall begin as of the Extended Due Date, with each subsequent Quarterly Payment to continue quarterly thereafter.
3. Extension Penalty . The Company shall pay an additional twelve percent (12%) on all interest due under the First Interest Payment (the “Extension Penalty”). The Extension Penalty shall be payable, upon Investor’s election, in cash on the Extended Due Date or in shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of twenty-five cents ($0.25) per share, issuable within thirty (30) days of the Extended Due Date. If the Company does not receive notice from Investor in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the Extended Due Date of its election to receive the Extension Penalty in cash, the Extension Penalty shall be payable in shares as set forth in this Section 3.
4. Waiver of Default . Upon Effectiveness, Investor hereby agrees that the Late Payment, or any failure by the Company to make a payment of interest or penalties as of the date hereof and through the Extended Due Date as provided in this Agreement or under the Note, shall not be deemed an “Event of Default” pursuant to Section 8 of the Note or any of the 2013 Offering Documents.
5. Consent . For purposes of satisfying Section 13 of the Note, the undersigned Investor hereby consents to the amendments and waivers as provided in this Agreement and further consents to the amendments and waivers associated with all other Notes issued in the 2013 Offering, on the same terms and conditions as provided in this Agreement.
6. Effectiveness of Waiver . This Agreement shall only become effective upon receipt of the consents, as set forth in Section 13 of the Note and Section 5 hereof, from the holders of a majority of the currently outstanding principal amount of Notes issued in the 2013 Offering (“Effectiveness”).
7. Limited Effect; No Modifications . The waivers and amendment set forth above shall be limited precisely as written and relate solely to the provisions of Sections 6(i) and Section 8 of the Note in the manner and to the extent described above, and nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance by either Party with respect to any other term, provision or condition of the Note or any of the 2013 Offering Documents or any other document or instrument issued to Investor pursuant to the 2013 Offering. Except as set forth herein, nothing contained in this Agreement will be deemed or construed to amend, supplement or modify the Note or otherwise affect the rights and obligations of any Party thereto, all of which remain in full force and effect.
8. Miscellaneous .
(a) This Agreement is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to the conflict of laws provisions of such State.
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon each of the Parties and each of their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns.
(c) The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
(d) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which is deemed an original, but all of which constitutes one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement electronically or by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement.
(e) This Agreement constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter.

[Signatures on following page]

 
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

  THE COMPANY:
  SAFETY QUICK LIGHTING & FANS CORP.
     
  By:  
    John P. Campi
    Chief Executive Officer
     
  INVESTOR:
   
   
  (entity name, if applicable)
     
  By:  
  Print Name:  
  Title:  

     

January 23, 2015

[NOTEHOLDER]

[ADDRESS]

 

Dear [NOTEHOLDER],

 

In my December 11, 2014 communication to you, I told you that Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. (the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”) was scheduled to make its first interest payment under the Secured Convertible Promissory Note dated November 26, 2013 (the “Note”) issued to [NOTEHOLDER] on the one year anniversary of the date that you submitted payment for your Note. In the communication, among other things, we requested that you grant the Company a grace period (the “Extension”), deferring the Company’s obligation to make payment of the interest that was due to you under the Note as of November 26, 2014 (the “Interest Due”) until February 24, 2015, during which time the deferment of interest payment would not be considered an Event of Default as defined in the Note. In return for granting the Extension, we offered to capitalize the Interest Due at a rate of 12% (the “Additional Interest”) and offered you the right to convert the Additional Interest into shares of the Company’s common stock at the conversion price of $0.25 per share any time up to and including February 24, 2014.

 

We sought the Extension to provide sufficient time to formulate my strategic plan for the roll-out of products using our patented technology and in an effort to conserve capital as we advance the commercialization of our technology and products. The Extension does not alter the amount of interest due to you under your Note; it only modifies the timing of payments.

 

On December 11, 2014, we also sent to you an Agreement and Waiver signed by the Company to effectuate the Extension and the Additional Interest (the “Agreement & Waiver”), and asked that you return a signed copy if you were in agreement with its terms. [By this letter, we acknowledge receipt of your signed Agreement & Waiver.][Enclosed is a signed Agreement & Waiver, please return a copy in the enclosed self-addressed return envelope if you agree with its terms.][We received notice from you in [DATE], declining the Agreement & Waiver and indicating your preference to receive the Interest Due in cash, which was paid to you in the amount of [AMOUNT].]

 

As we have discussed with some of the Note holders, and as is more fully described in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on August 1, 2014, as amended, and declared effective on October 22, 2014, the following penalties due to you have accrued under the Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and you (the “RRA”) as a consequence of the Company’s inability to file the Registration Statement and have it declared effective by the dates set forth in the RRA.

 

    Amount ($) Equivalent Shares  
         
  Principal Investment $[AMOUNT] [SHARES]  
         
  [  ]% Interest Due as of November 26, 2014 $[AMOUNT] [SHARES]  
  Penalty for Late Registration Filing 1 $[AMOUNT] [SHARES]  
  Penalty for Late Registration Effectiveness 2 $[AMOUNT] [SHARES]  
  Total Penalties and Interest $[AMOUNT] [SHARES]  

 

Please note, if you signed and delivered to the Company the Agreement & Waiver, the Additional Interest, not listed above, will also accrue on the Interest Due at a rate of 12% until paid in shares of the Company’s common stock, or in cash if you have so elected, on or about February 24, 2015.

 

The Company invites you to convert the Interest Due into [SHARES] shares of the Company’s common stock, and the penalties for Late Registration Filing and Late Registration Effectiveness accrued under the RRA into [SHARES] shares of the Company’s common stock, in lieu of cash as payment, at the conversion price of $0.25 per share.

     
 

While this invitation will remain open until February 24, 2015, we ask that you respond promptly by indicating whether you accept or decline the Company’s invitation below, and returning one fully executed copy of this letter in the enclosed self-addressed return envelope. We also ask that you scan a copy of the fully executed letter and email it to [CONTACT].

 

If you accept the Company’s invitation to receive shares of the Company’s common stock in lieu of cash for the Late Registration Filing and Late Registration Effectiveness accrued under the RRA, we will instruct the Company’s transfer agent to issue the shares to you within thirty (30) days following February 24, 2015.

 

This letter agreement may be executed in separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), each of which shall be deemed to be an original but together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

1 This amount reflects penalties accrued under the RRA. Because the Company was unable to file its Registration Statement with SEC by the Mandatory Filing Date (as defined in Section 2(a) of the RRA), penalties equal to 2% of the aggregate gross proceeds of your Note accrued for each 30 day period until the Registration Statement was filed with the SEC on August 1, 2014.
2 This amount reflects penalty interest accrued under the RRA. Because the Company was unable to have its Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC by the Mandatory Effectiveness Date (as defined in Section 2(a) of the RRA), the interest rate of your Note increased by 2% each 30 day period until the Registration Statement was declared effective on October 22, 2014.

On behalf of our management team and our Board of Directors, thank you for your investment in Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. As noted in our December 19, 2014 conference call, the Company has entered its commercialization phase, and we look forward to keeping you abreast of its progress.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ John P. Campi

John P. Campi, Chief Executive Officer

Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp.

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED BY:

 

[ENTITY]

 

I, [NAME, an authorized representative of NOTEHOLDER], __ accept / __ decline (please check one) the Company’s invitation, and instruct the Company to convert the Interest Due under the Note into [SHARES] shares of the Company’s common stock, in lieu of cash as payment, at the conversion price of $0.25 per share and pursuant to the terms hereof.

By:

Name:

Title:

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED BY:

 

[ENTITY]

 

I, [NAME, an authorized representative of NOTEHOLDER], __ accept / __ decline (please check one) the Company’s invitation, and instruct the Company to convert the penalties for Late Registration Filing and Late Registration Effectiveness accrued under the RRA into SHARES] shares of the Company’s common stock, in lieu of cash as payment, at the conversion price of $0.25 per share and pursuant to the terms hereof.

By:

Name:

Title:

     

January 23, 2015

[NOTEHOLDER]

[ADDRESS]

 

Dear [NOTEHOLDER],

 

In an effort to conserve capital as we advance the commercialization of Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp.’s (the “Company’s”, “we”, “us” or “our”) technology and products, I write to [NOTEHOLDER] (hereinafter referred to as “you”) on behalf of the Company. The Company wishes to extend an invitation to convert certain penalties due by virtue of the Company’s Secured Convertible Promissory Note dated May 8, 2014 and issued to you (the “Note”).

 

As we have discussed with some of the Note holders, and as is more fully described in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on August 1, 2014, as amended, and declared effective on October 22, 2014, the following penalties due to you have accrued under the Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and you (the “RRA”) as a consequence of the Company’s inability to file the Registration Statement and have it declared effective by the dates set forth in the RRA.

 

    Amount ($) Equivalent Shares  
         
  Principal Investment $[AMOUNT] [SHARES]  
         
  Penalty for Late Registration Filing 1 $[AMOUNT] [SHARES]  
  Penalty for Late Registration Effectiveness 2 $[AMOUNT] [SHARES]  
  Total Penalties $[AMOUNT] [SHARES]  

 

The Company invites you to convert the penalties for Late Registration Filing and Late Registration Effectiveness accrued under the RRA into [SHARES] shares of the Company’s common stock, in lieu of cash as payment, at the conversion price of $0.25 per share.

 

While this invitation will remain open until February 24, 2015, we ask that you respond promptly by indicating whether you accept or decline the Company’s invitation below, and returning one fully executed copy of this letter in the enclosed self-addressed return envelope. We also ask that you scan a copy of the fully executed letter and email it to [CONTACT].

 

If you accept the Company’s invitation to receive shares of the Company’s common stock in lieu of cash for the Late Registration Filing and Late Registration Effectiveness accrued under the RRA, we will instruct the Company’s transfer agent to issue the shares to you within thirty (30) days following February 24, 2015.

 

This letter agreement may be executed in separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), each of which shall be deemed to be an original but together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

On behalf of our management team and our Board of Directors, thank you for your investment in Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. As noted in our December 19, 2014 conference call, the Company has entered its commercialization phase, and we look forward to keeping you abreast of its progress.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ John P. Campi

John P. Campi, Chief Executive Officer

Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp.

 

     
 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED BY:

 

[ENTITY]

 

I, [NAME, an authorized representative of NOTEHOLDER], __ accept / __ decline (please check one) the Company’s invitation, and instruct the Company to convert the penalties for Late Registration Filing and Late Registration Effectiveness accrued under the RRA into [SHARES] shares of the Company’s common stock, in lieu of cash as payment, at the conversion price of $0.25 per share and pursuant to the terms hereof. 

By:

Name:

Title:

 

1 This amount reflects penalties accrued under the RRA. Because the Company was unable to file its Registration Statement with SEC by the Mandatory Filing Date (as defined in Section 2(a) of the RRA), penalties equal to 2% of the aggregate gross proceeds of your Note accrued for each 30 day period until the Registration Statement was filed with the SEC on August 1, 2014.
2 This amount reflects penalty interest accrued under the RRA. Because the Company was unable to have its Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC by the Mandatory Effectiveness Date (as defined in Section 2(a) of the RRA), the interest rate of your Note increased by 2% each 30 day period until the Registration Statement was declared effective on October 22, 2014.

     

 

7951 SW 6th St., Suite. 216

Plantation, FL 33324

Tel: 954-424-2345

Fax: 954-424-2230

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders 

Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and Subsidiary

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Safety Quick Lighting & Fans Corp. and Subsidiary (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit, and consolidated cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of their internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by the management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has insufficient working capital, a stockholders’ deficit and recurring net losses, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding those matters also are described in Note 14. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

/s/ Bongiovanni & Associates, PA

Bongiovanni & Associates, PA

Certified Public Accountants

Plantation, Florida

The United States of America 

 

www.ba-cpa.net  

March 31, 2015